July 2017 - openSUSE Factory - openSUSE Mailing Lists

[opensuse-factory] Leap 42.3 Build 0308 released!
by Ludwig Nussel 08 Jul '17

08 Jul '17

Please note that this mail was generated by a script. The described changes are computed based on the x86_64 DVD. The full online repo contains too many changes to be listed here. Please check the known defects of this snapshot before upgrading: https://openqa.opensuse.org/tests/overview?distri=opensuse&version=42.3&bui… https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/buglist.cgi?product=openSUSE%20Distribution&q… When you reply to discuss some issues, make sure to change the subject. Please use the test plan at https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1AGKijKpKiJCB616-bHVoNQuhWHpQLHPWCb3… to record your testing efforts and use bugzilla to report bugs. Packages changed: aaa_base apache2 augeas bind boost cairo ceph (12.0.3+git.1497426468.6984d41b5d -> 12.1.0+git.1498654198.20d6a47cc9) cyrus-sasl dirmngr e2fsprogs installation-images-openSUSE (14.319 -> 14.320) kapptemplate (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) kio kolourpaint (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) kwidgetsaddons kyotocabinet libsemanage libxml2 libyui-qt-pkg (2.45.12 -> 2.45.13) libzypp-plugin-appdata (1.0.1 -> 1.0+git.20150408) mdadm nano (2.4.2 -> 2.8.5) obs-service-source_validator (0.6+git20160531.fbfe336 -> 0.6+git20170111.82ea590) php5 plasma5-workspace polkit-gnome postgresql94 (9.4.11 -> 9.4.12) postgresql94-libs (9.4.11 -> 9.4.12) python-PyICU (1.9.2 -> 1.9.7) python-ipaddress (1.0.16 -> 1.0.18) python-nose python-vobject (0.9.2 -> 0.9.4.1) release-notes-openSUSE (42.3.20170621 -> 42.3.20170704) vim virtualbox (5.1.18_k4.4.72_1 -> 5.1.22_k4.4.73_1) xfce4-session yast2-kdump (3.2.6 -> 3.2.7) yast2-network (3.2.28 -> 3.2.29) yast2-ntp-client (3.2.8 -> 3.2.9) yast2-trans (84.87.20170618.0f9396fd -> 84.87.20170703.c20fb749) === Details === ==== aaa_base ==== Subpackages: aaa_base-extras aaa_base-malloccheck - Add aaa_base-pullreq42-default-wm.patch: Set DEFAULT_WM to 'default'; the pre-existing setting is overwritten by YaST on SLE during installation (kde-plasma is not even a valid option for SLE) (boo#1030873). ==== apache2 ==== Subpackages: apache2-devel apache2-doc apache2-example-pages apache2-prefork apache2-utils - security update * CVE-2017-7679 [bsc#1045060] + apache2-CVE-2017-7679.patch * CVE-2017-3169 [bsc#1045062] + apache2-CVE-2017-3169.patch * CVE-2017-3167 [bsc#1045065] + apache2-CVE-2017-3167.patch - remove /usr/bin/http2 symlink only during apache2 package uninstall, not upgrade [bsc#1041830] - gensslcert: use hostname when fqdn is too long [bsc#1035829] ==== augeas ==== Subpackages: augeas-lenses libaugeas0 - By error instead of the new ntp augeas lens the old one was used. Fixed adding the correct one (bsc#1023204) ==== bind ==== Subpackages: bind-chrootenv bind-doc bind-libs bind-utils - Added bind-CVE-2017-3142-and-3143.patch to fix a security issue where an attacker with the ability to send and receive messages to an authoritative DNS server was able to circumvent TSIG authentication of AXFR requests. A server that relies solely on TSIG keys for protection with no other ACL protection could be manipulated into (1) providing an AXFR of a zone to an unauthorized recipient and (2) accepting bogus Notify packets. [bsc#1046554, CVE-2017-3142, bsc#1046555, CVE-2017-3143] ==== boost ==== Subpackages: boost-license1_61_0 boost_1_61-devel libboost_atomic1_61_0 libboost_chrono1_61_0 libboost_container1_61_0 libboost_context1_61_0 libboost_coroutine1_61_0 libboost_date_time1_61_0 libboost_filesystem1_61_0 libboost_graph1_61_0 libboost_graph_parallel1_61_0 libboost_iostreams1_61_0 libboost_locale1_61_0 libboost_log1_61_0 libboost_math1_61_0 libboost_mpi1_61_0 libboost_program_options1_61_0 libboost_python1_61_0 libboost_python3-1_61_0 libboost_random1_61_0 libboost_regex1_61_0 libboost_serialization1_61_0 libboost_signals1_61_0 libboost_system1_61_0 libboost_test1_61_0 libboost_thread1_61_0 libboost_timer1_61_0 libboost_wave1_61_0 - Include conflict and provides in baselibs.conf. ==== cairo ==== Subpackages: cairo-devel libcairo-gobject2 libcairo-script-interpreter2 libcairo2 libcairo2-32bit - Add 0001-image-prevent-invalid-ptr-access-for-4GB-images.patch to fix a segfault when using >4GB images since int values were used for pointer operations (bsc#1007255, fdo#98165, CVE-2016-9082). - Add cairo-get_bitmap_surface-bsc1036789-CVE-2017-7475.diff to fix a segfault in get_bitmap_surface due to malformed font (bsc#1036789, fdo#100763, CVE-2017-7475). ==== ceph ==== Version update (12.0.3+git.1497426468.6984d41b5d -> 12.1.0+git.1498654198.20d6a47cc9) Subpackages: librados2 librbd1 - Update to version 12.1.0+git.1498654198.20d6a47cc9: + build/ops: rpm: put mgr python build dependencies in make_check bcond N.B. this effectively eliminates the following build dependencies: python-Babel python-beautifulsoup4 python-CherryPy python-coverage python-flup python-Genshi python-html5lib python-logutils python-nose python-Paste python-PasteDeploy python-PasteDeploy python-pecan python-pyquery python-singledispatch python-waitress python-WebOb python-WebTest python-Werkzeug python-WSGIProxy2 pytyhon-python-openid - spec file: + removed BR libatomic_ops-devel as upstream replaced it with std:atomic + removed defattr as they are no longer needed on sle12 and newer - Update to version 12.1.0+git.1498478524.117b171715: + include 12.1.0 tag to make "ceph --version" happy + tests: drop hadoop-s3a tests - Update to version 12.1.0+git.1498309403.f4fc02fff4: + upstream 12.1.0 release; for details, see http://ceph.com/releases/v12-1-0-luminous-rc-released/ + revert several pre-release commits that are no longer needed because the issues have been fixed upstream in the meantime + build/ops: rpm: sane packaging of %{_docdir}/ceph directory - Update to version 12.0.3+git.1498202776.b806032985: + Integration testing changes: * add DeepSea integration suite test definitions for teuthology * re-enable several RGW tests that upstream only runs on Ubuntu + ceph_ver_hack.sh: use git describe --match + ReplicatedPG: add CHECKSUM->CMPEXT req translation ==== cyrus-sasl ==== Subpackages: cyrus-sasl-crammd5 cyrus-sasl-devel cyrus-sasl-digestmd5 cyrus-sasl-gssapi cyrus-sasl-plain libsasl2-3 libsasl2-3-32bit - added cyrus-sasl-issue-402.patch to fix SASL GSSAPI mechanism acceptor wrongly returns zero maxbufsize #402 (see https://github.com/cyrusimap/cyrus-sasl/issues/402) - bnc#1026825 saslauthd: :set_auth_mech : unknown authentication mechanism: kerberos5 - really use SASLAUTHD_PARAMS variable (bnc#938657) - bnc#908883 cyrus-sasl-scram refers to wrong RFC - Make sure /usr/sbin/rcsaslauthd exists ==== dirmngr ==== Subpackages: dirmngr-lang - Changed logrotate from Requires to Recommends [bsc#1045943] ==== e2fsprogs ==== Subpackages: e2fsprogs-devel libcom_err-devel libcom_err2 libcom_err2-32bit libext2fs-devel libext2fs2 - libext2fs-don-t-ignore-fsync-errors.patch: libext2fs: don't ignore fsync errors (bsc#1038194) - libext2fs-Fix-fsync-2-detection.patch: libext2fs: Fix fsync(2) detection (bsc#1038194) ==== installation-images-openSUSE ==== Version update (14.319 -> 14.320) - revert last change: it is vital that CAASP/SLES/SLED builds can all happen in the same project (sbehlert) - don't build SLED/SLES on CAASP - don't build SLES_SAP on CAASP - merge gh#openSUSE/installation-images#189 - Add new theme SLES_SAP (bsc#1032850) - 14.320 ==== kapptemplate ==== Version update (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) Subpackages: kapptemplate-lang - Update to 17.04.2 * New bugfix release * For more details please see: * https://www.kde.org/announcements/announce-applications-17.04.2.php - Changes since 17.04.1: * Brush up and fix KF5-based app templates some more * Use FDL 1.2 for kde-frameworks5 template ==== kio ==== Subpackages: kio-core kio-devel kio-lang - Add upstream patches to prevent /tmp getting filled up because full directories are copied to it when generating folder previews for remote locations and the trash (kde#208625, boo#969768) * PreviewJob-clean-up-empty-temp-file-when-get-fails.patch * PreviewJob-skip-remote-directories.patch ==== kolourpaint ==== Version update (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) Subpackages: kolourpaint-lang - Add GPL to the license (bg translation), until this is sorted with upstream - Update to 17.04.2 * New bugfix release * For more details please see: * https://www.kde.org/announcements/announce-applications-17.04.2.php - Changes since 17.04.1: * Adjust license to follow the rest of the headers ==== kwidgetsaddons ==== Subpackages: kwidgetsaddons-devel libKF5WidgetsAddons5 libKF5WidgetsAddons5-lang - Add patch to workaround scrollbars in systemsettings5: * kpageview_width.patch ==== kyotocabinet ==== - boo#1037914: Do not optimize for native cpu of the build system! - kyotocabinet-fix-debuginfo.patch: Fix debuginfo generation - gcc6-fix-errors.patch: return NULL instead, make GCC7 happy - Add gcc6-fix-errors.patch to remove errors seen by GCC6. ==== libsemanage ==== Subpackages: libsemanage1 libsemanage1-32bit - Added libsemanage-version-numbers.patch by Petr Lautrbach to show version numbers of modules where they are available (bsc#1043237) ==== libxml2 ==== Subpackages: libxml2-2 libxml2-2-32bit libxml2-devel libxml2-tools Security fix: * libxml2-CVE-2017-0663.patch [bsc#1044337, CVE-2017-0663] * Fix Heap buffer overflow in xmlAddID - Security fix: * libxml2-CVE-2017-5969.patch [bsc#1024989, CVE-2017-5969] * Fix NULL pointer deref in xmlDumpElementContent * Deleted patch libxml2-NULL-deref-xmlDumpElementContent.patch ==== libyui-qt-pkg ==== Version update (2.45.12 -> 2.45.13) - Limit the number of displayed changes (the last 512 entries), rendering a huge change log might cause a freeze for long time (bsc#1044777) - 2.45.13 ==== libzypp-plugin-appdata ==== Version update (1.0.1 -> 1.0+git.20150408) - Update to version 1.0+git.20150408: + Drop the irrelevant LICENSE file from git. - Update License tag to be MIT (InstallAppdata.sh) AND CC0-1.0 (the appdata metafiles). - Provide 'appstream-provider': we might want to implement different methods of providing AppStream metadata to applications, and the frontends should not have to care about the technical details in the background. Software Centers like GNOME Software and Discover are supposed to use the new symbol. - Update InstallAppdata.sh: use appstreamcli refresh-cache instead of refresh-index (boo#1044114). - Drop GNOME software mention from the description. There are other frontends out there by now. ==== mdadm ==== - 0095-IMSM-Correct-examine-output-for-4k-disks.patch (bsc#1040191) - 0096-imsm-allow-drives-in-a-container-regardless-of-secto.patch (bsc#1040189) - 0097-imsm-allocate-buffer-to-support-maximum-sector-size.patch (bsc#1040189) - 0098-imsm-don-t-allow-disks-with-different-sector-size-in.patch (bsc#1040189) - 0099-Allow-more-spare-selection-criteria.patch (bsc#1040189) - 0100-Add-sector-size-as-spare-selection-criterion.patch (bsc#1040189) The following patches are unnecessary for SLE12-SP3 mdadm back port, remove them from mdadm package -DELETE 0004-mdadm-fix-typo-in-comment.patch -DELETE 0011-mdadm-fixed-some-trivial-typos-in-comments-of-mdadm..patch -DELETE 0013-mdadm-mdmon-deleted-the-abort_reshape-never-invoked.patch -DELETE 0037-util-Introduce-md_get_array_info.patch -DELETE 0038-Incremental-Remove-redundant-call-for-GET_ARRAY_INFO.patch -DELETE 0039-util-Introduce-md_get_disk_info.patch -DELETE 0040-util-Introduce-md_set_array_info.patch -DELETE 0041-md_u-Remove-some-unused-ioctl-declarations.patch -DELETE 0044-mdadm-grow-reshape-would-be-stuck-from-raid1-to-raid.patch -DELETE 0047-sysfs-Use-the-presence-of-sys-block-dev-md-as-indica.patch -DELETE 0048-sysfs-Make-sysfs_init-return-an-error-code.patch -DELETE 0049-mdadm-Create-declaring-an-existing-struct-within-sam.patch -DELETE 0052-util-must_be_container-Use-sysfs_read-GET_VERSION-to.patch -DELETE 0053-util-set_array_info-Simplify-code-since-md_get_versi.patch -DELETE 0054-Assemble-Assemble-Stop-checking-kernel-md-driver-ver.patch -DELETE 0055-Build-Stop-bothering-about-supporting-md-driver-olde.patch -DELETE 0056-Grow-Stop-bothering-about-md-driver-versions-older-t.patch -DELETE 0057-Detail-Stop-bothering-about-md-drivers-older-than-0..patch -DELETE 0058-Create-Remove-all-attemps-to-handle-md-driver-older-.patch -DELETE 0059-Manage-Remove-all-references-to-md_get_version.patch -DELETE 0060-Query-Remove-all-references-to-md_get_version.patch -DELETE 0061-bitmap-Remove-use-of-md_get_version.patch -DELETE 0062-mdmon-Stop-bothering-about-md_get_version.patch -DELETE 0063-mdopen-open_mddev-Use-md_get_array_info-to-determine.patch -DELETE 0064-mdassemble-Use-md_get_array_info-to-check-for-valid-.patch -DELETE 0065-Assemble-Assemble-Get-rid-of-last-use-of-md_get_vers.patch -DELETE 0066-util-Finally-kill-off-md_get_version.patch -DELETE 0067-mdadm-Fail-for-kernels-older-than-2.6.15.patch -DELETE 0069-Revert-mdadm-grow-reshape-would-be-stuck-from-raid1-.patch -DELETE 0070-Retire-mdassemble.patch -DELETE 0071-super1-Clean-up-various-style-abuses.patch -DELETE 0075-Assemble-Clean-up-start_array.patch -DELETE 0076-Detail-Remove-pre-2.6-code-for-printing-info-on-rebu.patch -DELETE 0077-Assemble-Remove-obsolete-test-for-kernels-older-than.patch -DELETE 0078-Detail-Fixup-ugly-if-foo-abuse.patch -DELETE 0079-Query-Handle-error-returned-by-fstat.patch -DELETE 0080-Query-Use-sysfs-to-obtain-data-if-possible.patch -DELETE 0081-sysfs-Parse-array_state-in-sysfs_read.patch -DELETE 0082-util-Introduce-md_array_active-helper.patch -DELETE 0084-maps-Use-keyvalue-for-null-terminator-to-indicate-un.patch -DELETE 0085-util-Get-rid-of-unused-enough_fd.patch -DELETE 0086-mdadm-retire-mdassemble-in-make-everything.patch -DELETE 0090-Query-Quiet-gcc-since-it-cannot-know-errno-0-in-this.patch -DELETE 0091-Makefile-Default-to-O2-optimization.patch - 0093-Grow-don-t-allow-to-enable-PPL-when-reshape-is-in-pr.patch (bsc#1043553) - 0094-Grow-don-t-allow-array-geometry-change-with-ppl-enab.patch (bsc#1043553) ==== nano ==== Version update (2.4.2 -> 2.8.5) Subpackages: nano-lang - Update to version 2.8.5: * Avoid a crash when waking from a suspension that was induced from the outside. * Allow negative line and column numbers on the command line. * Avoid some flickering when resizing the screen while in the file browser. * Open files in the order they were mentioned on the command line. * Do not pretend to have woken from suspension when receiving a SIGCONT. - update to 2.8.4: * include the nanorc man page again. - includes changes from 2.8.3: * fix a misplacement of the spotlight during interactive replacing * speed up backwards searching * improve PHP syntax highlighting * no longer ask ?save anyway?? when the user ^Q discards the buffer - Update to version 2.8.2: * new feature: it makes the ^G help texts searchable with ^W. * fixes a crash when resizing the window in the middle of verbatim input * avoids an unlikely crash when used without UTF-8 support in some locales * avoids redrawing the screen twice when switching between buffers while line numbers are active * works around a coloring bug on musl * tweaks to the documentation * translation updates for fifteen languages. - GNU nano 2.8.1: * fix scrolling problems in softwrap mode when double-width characters on row boundaries are involved * show double-width characters as ">" and "<" when split across two rows * move the cursor more predictably (at the cost of sometimes putting it on the second "half" of a character) * avoid creating lines that consist of only blanks when using autoindent * make ^Home and ^End go to the start and end of the file (on terminals that support those keystrokes) * place the cursor better when linting * let the linter ask only once whether to open an included file * add bindings for ^Up and ^Down in the file browser - Update to version 2.8.0 * the Up and Down keys now step from visual row to visual row instead of jumping between logical lines * the Home and End keys now move to the start and end of a row, and only when already there, then to the start and end of the logical line * the screen can now scroll per row instead of always per logical line * makes use of gnulib, to make it build on more platforms - Update to version 2.7.5: * the \B and \b regex anchors * correctly repaints things when multiline regexes with identical start and end are involved * fixes a crash with zero-length regex matches * does replacements at the edges of a marked region right, * displays at most three warnings at startup * documents the ability to read a file from standard input - GNU nano 2.7.4: * undo deletions in an orderly manner again * set the preferred x position for vertical movements more consistently * avoid some scrolling problems in softwrap mode * correct the behavior of the beginning-of-word anchor (\<) in regex searches. - GNU nano 2.7.3: * now able to handle filenames that contain newlines * avoid a brief flash of color when switching between buffers that are governed by different syntaxes * make the Shift+Ctrl+Arrow keys select text again on a Linux console * more resistant against malformations in the positionlog file * do not crash when ^C is typed on systems where it produces the code KEY_CANCEL * no longer mistakenly warn about editing an unlocked file just after saving a new one - GNU nano 2.7.2: * complete with one keystroke (^] by default) a fragment of a word to a full word existing elsewhere in the current buffer * fixes two bugs related to using line numbers in softwrap mode * allow using the PageUp and PageDown keys together with Shift on VTE-based terminals * stop help lines from flickering during interactive replacing * make a "set fill" override an earlier "set nowrap" * properly restore the selected region after an external spell check - GNU nano 2.7.1: * add ability to display line numbers * fix some bugs with scrolling in softwrap mode * stricter parsing of key rebindungs * marks a new buffer as modified when the output of a command (^R ^X) has been read into it - GNU nano 2.7.0: * new feature: allowing text to be selected by holding Shift together with the cursor keys. * now works also when run in very tiny terminals (down to one line, one column) * improves the handling of the prompt in cramped spaces - nano 2.6.3: * make Ctrl+Arrow keys work also on a Linux virtual console * take as verbatim only the very first keystroke after M-V * remove any lock files held when dying * do not abort when a word contains digits (with default speller) * fix a small sorting bug in the file browser * speed up searching case-insensitively in a UTF-8 locale * do not enter invalid bytes when holding down both Alt keys - Update to version 2.6.2: * The keystrokes Ctrl+Up and Ctrl+Down for jumping between blocks of text, and the option 'wordchars' for specifying which characters (beside alphanumeric ones) should be considered word-forming. * Provides feedback during Unicode input (M-V followed by a six-digit hexadecimal number which must start with 0 or 10). * Avoids a crash when resizing the window during Verbatim input. * Doesn't drop a keystroke after having been suspended. * Replaces the beginning-of-line anchor (^) just once per line. * Several tiny improvements in screen rendering and key handling. - Removed build time references fix (not needed anymore). - Update to version 2.6.1: * "Stampede" is chiefly a translation update * adds one little feature (the ability to use negative numbers with Go To Line: -1 meaning the first line from the bottom) * includes syntax highlighting for Rust, and fixes three tiny * bugs (but in such far corners of the editor that they aren't even worth mentioning). - Download keyring from savannah - Update to version 2.6.0: * fixes more than fifty little bugs -- and some of them not so little. * It improves moving about in the file browser, corrects failings of the internal spell checker, adds a new feature (comment/uncomment lines, with default binding M-3), makes some error messages clearer, shows more of a file when positionlog is used and the cursor is near the end, displays all error messages at startup if there are multiple ones, does not misinterpret keystrokes when typing very fast, is less eager to trim the filename on narrow terminals, speeds up case-insensitive searches, and allows to abort re-searches. - Update to 2.5.3 * several bugfixes fostray cursor positioning errors, many many memory leaks including file reading, using the file browser, searching for multi-byte characters, history completion, and many other places. * New features include the ability to trim whitespace from the ends of lines when justifying text, see nanorc(5) option justifytrim for deets. - Update to 2.5.2 * several fixes for various memory leaks, position history size growth, and a long standing issue with using nano under sudo creading root-owned files * There are also the usual bevy of documentation and other miscellaneous fixes and touch ups. - 2.5.1: * fix syntax-highlighting bug * fix positionlog bug * disable time-eating multiline regex in the C syntax * adds an escape hatch to the WriteOut menu when --tempfile is used: the discardbuffer command, ^Q. * translation updates for fifteen languages * small fix in the softwrap code - Update to 2.5.0 * color synax highlighting improvements * several bugfixes * since this release there will no longer be separate stable and unstable branches - GNU nano 2.4.3: * Fix several memory leaks * Fix issues with color syntax higlighting * Fix issues with search/replace * Fix issues with file insertion * Fix help menu bugs ==== obs-service-source_validator ==== Version update (0.6+git20160531.fbfe336 -> 0.6+git20170111.82ea590) - obs toolchain release (fate #321166) - Update to version 0.6+git20170111.82ea590: * accept reproducable CI source builds * accept .obsinfo and .obscpio archives * accept further modes of services - Update to version 0.6+git20161207.70e9d99: * 20-files-present-and-referenced fix case where rpmbuild emits a warning but the specfile does not list sources or patches (bnc#1013981) - Update to version 0.6+git20160707.a6ff89d: + fix debian.series using patches with patch levels - Update to version 0.6+git20160617.cfadcb0: * 20-files-present: Add patches from debian.series file to sources list. * 20-files-present: Add more debian standard files to ignore. * 20-files-present: do not use cat where/while not needed ==== php5 ==== Subpackages: apache2-mod_php5 php5-bcmath php5-bz2 php5-calendar php5-ctype php5-curl php5-dba php5-devel php5-dom php5-exif php5-fastcgi php5-ftp php5-gd php5-gettext php5-gmp php5-iconv php5-imap php5-json php5-ldap php5-mbstring php5-mcrypt php5-mysql php5-odbc php5-openssl php5-pdo php5-pear php5-pgsql php5-shmop php5-snmp php5-sockets php5-sqlite php5-suhosin php5-sysvsem php5-sysvshm php5-tidy php5-tokenizer php5-wddx php5-xmlreader php5-xmlwriter php5-xsl php5-zip php5-zlib - fix for CVE-2017-7272 was reverted [bsc#1044976] - security update: * CVE-2017-9227 [bsc#1040883] + php-CVE-2017-9227.patch * CVE-2017-9226 [bsc#1040889] + php-CVE-2017-9226.patch * CVE-2017-9224 [bsc#1040891] + php-CVE-2017-9224.patch - security update: * CVE-2016-6294 [bsc#1035111] + php-CVE-2016-6294.patch - security update: * CVE-2017-7272 [bsc#1031246] + php-CVE-2017-7272.patch ==== plasma5-workspace ==== Subpackages: drkonqi5 plasma5-workspace-devel plasma5-workspace-lang plasma5-workspace-libs - Add applauncher-allow-to-show-apps-by-name.patch to provide an option to display application names instead of the generic names in the desktop containment's application launcher mouse action (kde#358423, boo#974513) ==== polkit-gnome ==== Subpackages: polkit-gnome-lang - Remove polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1.desktop.in (bsc#1004637) + The autostart behavior is no longer needed and it conflicts with Shell's built-in agent ==== postgresql94 ==== Version update (9.4.11 -> 9.4.12) Subpackages: postgresql94-contrib postgresql94-docs postgresql94-server - Update to version 9.4.12: * https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-12.html * CVE-2017-7486, bsc#1037624: Restrict visibility of pg_user_mappings.umoptions, to protect passwords stored as user mapping options. !!! Manual action is needed to fix this in existing databases !!! See upstream release notes for details. * CVE-2017-7485, bsc#1038293: recognize PGREQUIRESSL variable again. * CVE-2017-7484, bsc#1037603: Prevent exposure of statistical information via leaky operators. * Obsoletes postgresql-9.4.11-fix-timezone-tests.patch - Move the timezone requirement to the server package as it was originally intended. - Stop building libpq and libecpg on SLE-12 in preparation of the submission of version 9.6. - Sync spec file with postgresql96. - Merge Factory and SLE-12. - fix tests with timezone 2017a bsc#1029547 postgresql-9.4.11-fix-timezone-tests.patch - Update to version 9.4.11: - Build corruption with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY - Fixes for visibility and write-ahead-log stability For the full release notes, see: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-11.html - Update to version 9.4.10: * Fix WAL-logging of truncation of relation free space maps and visibility maps * Fix incorrect creation of GIN index WAL records on big-endian machines * Fix SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE to correctly lock tuples that have been updated by a subsequently-aborted transaction * Fix EvalPlanQual rechecks involving CTE scans * Fix improper repetition of previous results from hashed aggregation in a subquery * For the other bug fixes, see the release notes: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-10.html - Added "Requires: timezone" to Server Package (bsc#973660) - Update to version 9.4.9: * Fix possible mis-evaluation of nested CASE-WHEN expressions (CVE-2016-5423, bsc#993454) * Fix client programs' handling of special characters in database and role names (CVE-2016-5424, bsc#993453) * Fix corner-case misbehaviors for IS NULL/IS NOT NULL applied to nested composite values * Make the inet and cidr data types properly reject IPv6 addresses with too many colon-separated fields * Prevent crash in close_ps() (the point ## lseg operator) for NaN input coordinates * Fix several one-byte buffer over-reads in to_number() * Avoid unsafe intermediate state during expensive paths through heap_update() * For the other bug fixes, see the release notes: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-9.html - The libs are now built in 9.5, so disable them here and remove baselibs.conf. - Bugfix release to 9.4.8 This update fixes several problems which caused downtime for users, including: - Clearing the OpenSSL error queue before OpenSSL calls, preventing errors in SSL connections, particularly when using the Python, Ruby or PHP OpenSSL wrappers - Fixed the "failed to build N-way joins" planner error - Fixed incorrect handling of equivalence in multilevel nestloop query plans, which could emit rows which didn't match the WHERE clause. - Prevented two memory leaks with using GIN indexes, including a potential index corruption risk. The release also includes many other bug fixes for reported issues, many of which affect all supported versions: - Fix corner-case parser failures occurring when operator_precedence_warning is turned on - Prevent possible misbehavior of TH, th, and Y,YYY format codes in to_timestamp() - Correct dumping of VIEWs and RULEs which use ANY (array) in a subselect - Disallow newlines in ALTER SYSTEM parameter values - Avoid possible misbehavior after failing to remove a tablespace symlink - Fix crash in logical decoding on alignment-picky platforms - Avoid repeated requests for feedback from receiver while shutting down walsender - Multiple fixes for pg_upgrade - Support building with Visual Studio 2015 - This update also contains tzdata release 2016d, with updates for Russia, Venezuela, Kirov, and Tomsk. http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-9-4-8.html - Bugfix release 9.4.7: - Fix two bugs in indexed ROW() comparisons - Avoid data loss due to renaming files - Prevent an error in rechecking rows in SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE - Fix bugs in multiple json_ and jsonb_ functions - Log lock waits for INSERT ON CONFLICT correctly - Ignore recovery_min_apply_delay until reaching a consistent state - Fix issue with pg_subtrans XID wraparound - Fix assorted bugs in Logical Decoding - Fix planner error with nested security barrier views - Prevent memory leak in GIN indexes - Fix two issues with ispell dictionaries - Avoid a crash on old Windows versions - Skip creating an erroneous delete script in pg_upgrade - Correctly translate empty arrays into PL/Perl - Make PL/Python cope with identifier names - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-7.html - Security and bugfix release 9.4.6: * *** IMPORTANT *** Users of version 9.4 will need to reindex any jsonb_path_ops indexes they have created, in order to fix a persistent issue with missing index entries. * Fix infinite loops and buffer-overrun problems in regular expressions (CVE-2016-0773, bsc#966436). * Fix regular-expression compiler to handle loops of constraint arcs (CVE-2007-4772). * Prevent certain PL/Java parameters from being set by non-superusers (CVE-2016-0766, bsc#966435). * Fix many issues in pg_dump with specific object types * Prevent over-eager pushdown of HAVING clauses for GROUPING SETS * Fix deparsing error with ON CONFLICT ... WHERE clauses * Fix tableoid errors for postgres_fdw * Prevent floating-point exceptions in pgbench * Make \det search Foreign Table names consistently * Fix quoting of domain constraint names in pg_dump * Prevent putting expanded objects into Const nodes * Allow compile of PL/Java on Windows * Fix "unresolved symbol" errors in PL/Python execution * Allow Python2 and Python3 to be used in the same database * Add support for Python 3.5 in PL/Python * Fix issue with subdirectory creation during initdb * Make pg_ctl report status correctly on Windows * Suppress confusing error when using pg_receivexlog with older servers * Multiple documentation corrections and additions * Fix erroneous hash calculations in gin_extract_jsonb_path() - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-6.html - PL/Perl still needs to be linked with rpath, so that it can find libperl.so at runtime. bsc#578053, postgresql-plperl-keep-rpath.patch - Security and bugfix release 9.4.5: * CVE-2015-5289, bsc#949670: json or jsonb input values constructed from arbitrary user input can crash the PostgreSQL server and cause a denial of service. * CVE-2015-5288, bsc#949669: The crypt() function included with the optional pgCrypto extension could be exploited to read a few additional bytes of memory. No working exploit for this issue has been developed. - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-9-4-5.html - Move systemd related stuff and user creation to postgresql-init. - Remove some obsolete %suse_version conditionals - Adjust build time dependencies. - Fix some more rpmlint warnings. - Relax dependency on libpq to major version. - Make sure that plpgsql.h gets installed, because pldebugger needs it. - Move ~postgres/.bash_profile to postgresql-server to avoid a file conflict between the versioned server packages. - Bring PostgreSQL 9.4 to SLE12 (fate#319049). - Switch from ossp-uuid to libuuid from e2fsprogs. - Re-enable running the test suite during build. - Bugfix release 9.4.4: * Fix possible failure to recover from an inconsistent database state. * Fix rare failure to invalidate relation cache init file. * Avoid deadlock between incoming sessions and CREATE/DROP DATABASE. * Improve planner's cost estimates for semi-joins and anti-joins with inner indexscans - Bugfix release 9.4.3: * Avoid failures while fsync'ing data directory during crash restart. * Fix pg_get_functiondef() to show functions' LEAKPROOF property, if set. * Fix pushJsonbValue() to unpack jbvBinary objects. - Security and bugfix release 9.4.2: * CVE-2015-3165, bsc#931972: Avoid possible crash when client disconnects just before the authentication timeout expires. * CVE-2015-3166, bsc#931973: Consistently check for failure of the *printf() family of functions. * CVE-2015-3167, bsc#931974: In contrib/pgcrypto, uniformly report decryption failures as "Wrong key or corrupt data". * Protect against wraparound of multixact member IDs. - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-2.html http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-3.html http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-4.html - Align spec file with 9.3 package. - Require systemd only where available and only for the main package. - bnc#888564: Move the server socket from /tmp to /var/run to avoid problems with clients that use PrivateTmp. postgresql-var-run-socket.patch - Switch over to 9.4 by building the libs package and disable it on 9.3. - Remove obsolete patches: * postgresql-sle10-timestamptz.patch * postgresql-plperl.patch - majorversion should only be 9.4 - Update to 9.4.1 * Fix buffer overruns in to_char() * Fix buffer overrun in replacement *printf() functions * Fix buffer overruns in contrib/pgcrypto * Fix possible loss of frontend/backend protocol synchronization after an error * Fix information leak via constraint-violation error messages * Lock down regression testing's temporary installations on Windows * Cope with the Windows locale named "Norwegian (Bokm�l)" * Fix use-of-already-freed-memory problem in EvalPlanQual processing * Avoid possible deadlock while trying to acquire tuple locks in EvalPlanQual processing * Improve performance of EXPLAIN with large range tables * Fix jsonb Unicode escape processing, and in consequence disallow \u0000 * Fix namespace handling in xpath() * Fix assorted oversights in range-operator selectivity estimation * Revert unintended reduction in maximum size of a GIN index item * Fix query-duration memory leak during repeated GIN index rescans * Fix possible crash when using nonzero gin_fuzzy_search_limit * Assorted fixes for logical decoding * Fix incorrect replay of WAL parameter change records that report changes in the wal_log_hints setting * Change "pgstat wait timeout" warning message to be LOG level, and rephrase it to be more understandable * Warn if OS X's setlocale() starts an unwanted extra thread inside the postmaster * Fix libpq's behavior when /etc/passwd isn't readable * Improve consistency of parsing of psql's special variables * Fix pg_dump to handle comments on event triggers without failing * Allow parallel pg_dump to use --serializable-deferrable * Prevent WAL files created by pg_basebackup -x/-X from being archived again when the standby is promoted * Handle unexpected query results, especially NULLs, safely in contrib/tablefunc's connectby() * Numerous cleanups of warnings from Coverity static code analyzer * Allow CFLAGS from configure's environment to override automatically-supplied CFLAGS * Make pg_regress remove any temporary installation it created upon successful exit * Add CST (China Standard Time) to our lists of timezone abbreviations * Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2015a for DST law changes in Chile and Mexico, plus historical changes in Iceland. - removed %pgbasedir from contrib and server package - Update to 9.4.0 Major enhancements in PostgreSQL 9.4 include: * Add jsonb, a more capable and efficient data type for storing JSON data * Add new SQL command ALTER SYSTEM for changing postgresql.conf configuration file entries * Reduce lock strength for some ALTER TABLE commands * Allow materialized views to be refreshed without blocking concurrent reads * Add support for logical decoding of WAL data, to allow database changes to be streamed out in a customizable format * Allow background worker processes to be dynamically registered, started and terminated * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4.html - Update to 9.3.4 * Fix WAL replay of locking an already-updated tuple * Restore GIN metapages unconditionally to avoid torn-page risk * Avoid race condition in checking transaction commit status during receipt of a NOTIFY message * Allow materialized views to be referenced in UPDATE and DELETE commands * Allow regular-expression operators to be terminated early by query cancel requests * Remove incorrect code that tried to allow OVERLAPS with single-element row arguments * Avoid getting more than AccessShareLock when de-parsing a rule or view * Improve performance of index endpoint probes during planning * Use non-default selectivity estimates for value IN (list) and value operator ANY (array) expressions when the righthand side is a stable expression * Remove the correct per-database statistics file during DROP DATABASE * Fix walsender ping logic to avoid inappropriate disconnects under continuous load * Fix walsender's failure to shut down cleanly when client is pg_receivexlog * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-4.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - make postgresql-init a buildrequire. requires(pre) are used during build, but do not cause a rebuild trigger. But to make the depencency visible for bootstrapping, mark it as real buildrequire - Security and bugfix release 9.3.3: * Shore up GRANT ... WITH ADMIN OPTION restrictions (CVE-2014-0060, bnc#864845) * Prevent privilege escalation via manual calls to PL validator functions (CVE-2014-0061, bnc#864846) * Avoid multiple name lookups during table and index DDL (CVE-2014-0062, bnc#864847) * Prevent buffer overrun with long datetime strings (CVE-2014-0063, bnc#864850) * Prevent buffer overrun due to integer overflow in size calculations (CVE-2014-0064, bnc#864851) * Prevent overruns of fixed-size buffers (CVE-2014-0065, bnc#864852) * Avoid crashing if crypt() returns NULL (CVE-2014-0066, bnc#864853) * Document risks of make check in the regression testing instructions (CVE-2014-0067) * Rework tuple freezing protocol. The logic for tuple freezing was unable to handle some cases involving freezing of multixact IDs, with the practical effect that shared row-level locks might be forgotten once old enough. Fixing this required changing the WAL record format for tuple freezing. While this is no issue for standalone servers, when using replication it means that STANDBY SERVERS MUST BE UPGRADED TO 9.3.3 OR LATER BEFORE THEIR MASTERS ARE. * For the other (many!) bug fixes, see the release notes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-3.html - remove postgresql-tas-aarch64.patch: Fix build for aarch64 - Fix handling of alternatives in the file lists. - Update to version 9.3.2: * Fix VACUUM's tests to see whether it can update relfrozenxid * Fix multiple bugs in MultiXactId freezing * Fix initialization of pg_clog and og_subtrans during hot standby startup * Fix multiple bugs in update chain traversal * Fix dangling-pointer problem in fast-path locking * Fix assorted race conditions in timeout management * Prevent intra-transaction memory leak when printing range values * Truncate pg_multixact contents during WAL replay * Ensure an anti-wraparound VACUUM counts a page as scanned when it's only verified that no tuples need freezing * Fix full-table-vacuum request mechanism for MultiXactIds * Fix race condition in GIN index posting tree page deletion * Avoid flattening a subquery whose SELECT list contains a volatile function wrapped inside a sub-SELECT * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-2.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - Added option to build postgresql-devel package separatly from postresql-libs - Update to version 9.3.1: * Update hstore extension with JSON functionality * Fix memory leak when creating range indexes * Serializable snapshot fixes * Fix libpq SSL deadlock bug * Fix timeline handling bugs in pg_receivexlog * Prevent CREATE FUNCTION from checking SET variables unless function body checking is enabled * Remove rare inaccurate warning during vacuum of index-less tables - Added patch to build testsuite package (bnc#829952) - Re-enable running the regression tests during build. - The test suite needs the timezone package. - Updated to version 9.3: * Add materialized views * Make simple views auto-updatable * Many JSON improvements, including the addition of operators and functions to extract values from JSON data strings * Implement SQL-standard LATERAL option for FROM-clause subqueries and function calls * Allow foreign data wrappers to support writes (insers/updates/deletes) on foreign tables * Add a Postgres foreign data wrapper contrib module * Add support for event triggers * Add optional ability to checksum data pages and report corruption * Allow a streaming replication standby to follow a timeline switch, and faster failover * Dramatically reduce System V shared memory requirements * Prevent non-key-field row updates from locking foreign key rows * Add command-line utility pg_isready * Add pg_xlogdump contrib program * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - postgresql-tas-aarch64.patch: Implement TAS for aarch64 - Add Source URL, see https://en.opensuse.org/SourceUrls - Updated to version 9.2.4 (bnc#812525): * CVE-2013-1899: Fix insecure parsing of server command-line switches. A connection request containing a database name that begins with "-" could be crafted to damage or destroy files within the server's data directory, even if the request is eventually rejected. * CVE-2013-1900: Reset OpenSSL randomness state in each postmaster child process. This avoids a scenario wherein random numbers generated by "contrib/pgcrypto" functions might be relatively easy for another database user to guess. The risk is only significant when the postmaster is configured with ssl = on but most connections don't use SSL encryption. * CVE-2013-1901: Make REPLICATION privilege checks test current user not authenticated user. An unprivileged database user could exploit this mistake to call pg_start_backup() or pg_stop_backup(), thus possibly interfering with creation of routine backups. * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-4.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql92/HISTORY - Version 9.2.3 also fixes bnc#802679, CVE-2013-0255. - Remove postgresql92-full.spec.in and use postgresql92.spec as the master for generating postgresql92-libs.spec. - Updated to version 9.2.3 * Prevent execution of enum_recv from SQL (Tom Lane) * Fix multiple problems in detection of when a consistent database state has been reached during WAL replay * Fix detection of end-of-backup point when no actual redo work is required * Update minimum recovery point when truncating a relation file * Fix recycling of WAL segments after changing recovery target timeline * Properly restore timeline history files from archive on cascading standby servers * Fix lock conflict detection on hot-standby servers * Fix missing cancellations in hot standby mode * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-3.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Use PDX license string. - Conflicts tags don't support the != operator. - Updated to version 9.2.2 * Fix multiple bugs associated with CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY * Correct predicate locking for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY * Fix buffer locking during WAL replay * Fix an error in WAL generation logic for GIN indexes * Fix an error in WAL replay logic for SP-GiST indexes * Fix incorrect detection of end-of-base-backup location during WAL recovery * Properly remove startup process's virtual XID lock when promoting a hot standby server to normal running * Avoid bogus "out-of-sequence timeline ID" errors in standby mode * Prevent the postmaster from launching new child processes after it's received a shutdown signal * Fix the syslogger process to not fail when log_rotation_age exceeds 2^31 milliseconds * Fix WaitLatch() to return promptly when the requested timeout expires * Avoid corruption of internal hash tables when out of memory * Prevent file descriptors for dropped tables from being held open past transaction end * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-2.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Change mechanism for making postgresql??-devel exclusive (bnc#789562). - Resolve "have choice for libpq.so.5" by ignoring postgresql-libs. - Get the new packaging scheme over to the postgresql92 packages and make 9.2 the new default version. - Bugfix release 9.1.6 (bnc#782251) to fix data corruption issues. * Users who upgrade from a previous 9.1 release should run REINDEX after applying this update. See also: http://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/20120924updaterelease * For the full list of changes, see http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html - Change the base name of all PostgreSQL packages from postgresql to postgresql91 and adopt the new packaging schema, which allows the parallel installation of multiple PostgreSQL versions to simplify and speedup migration. - Move init script, sysconfig file and firewall configuration into a new package called postgresql-init which can work with different PostgreSQL versions. - Security and bugfix release 9.1.5: * Ignore SECURITY DEFINER and SET attributes for a procedural language's call handler (CVE-2012-2655) * Fix incorrect password transformation in "contrib/pgcrypto"'s DES crypt() function (CVE-2012-2143) * Prevent access to external files/URLs via "contrib/xml2"'s xslt_process() (CVE-2012-3488) * Prevent access to external files/URLs via XML entity references (CVE-2012-3489) * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Security and bugfix release 9.1.3: * Require execute permission on the trigger function for "CREATE TRIGGER" (CVE-2012-0866, bnc#749299). * Remove arbitrary limitation on length of common name in SSL certificates (CVE-2012-0867, bnc#749301). * Convert newlines to spaces in names written in pg_dump comments (CVE-2012-0868, bnc#749303). * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - This also fixes bnc#701489. - New version 9.1.1. For detailed release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release-9-1-1.html - Stop using deprecated silent_mode in default config. - postgresql-perl514.patch is no longer needed. - Use %_smp_mflags for parallel make - Keep the rpath when linking plperl [bnc#578053]. - Add postgresql-devel to baselibs - Revert the postgresql-libs package split for SLE in preparation of submitting the package to SLE11-SP1. - Fix file name of last added patch and remove overlong comment. - Add postgresql-9.0.4-perl514.patch: For Perl 5.14 GvCV(sv) is no longer an lvalue and needs to be replaced by GvCV_set(sv, value) - Bugfix release: 9.0.4: * This update contains a critical fix to the pg_upgrade utility which prevents significant downtime issues. Do not use pg_upgrade without installing this update first. http://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/20110408pg_upgrade_fix * change SQLSTATE for Hot Standby warnings * prevent bgwriter hang during recovery * prevent recursive composite type creation * disallow dropping tables whose triggers are still pending * allow use of "replication" as a user name * prevent a crash during GEQO planning * improve join plans for tables with missing statistics * fix error with SELECT FOR UPDATE in a subselect * close PL/python array slice memory leak * allow SSL connections for users with no home directory - http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/release-9-0-4.html - enabled --with-ossp-uuid - Fix the fix of the fix for the successors of postgresql-libs. - provide postgresql-libs in the specfile that actually builds the libs package - fix update of libs - Move all of pgxs into the devel package to fix build of server extensions. - Move pg_config from -server to -devel to fix build of certain client apps and language bindings, but using pg_config on the client side is still considered broken, because it tells what got linked into the server binary not what got linked into libpq. - Remove unneeded PreReq from postgresql on postgresql-libs. - New version: 9.0.3. For the complete release notes, see http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/release.html - Build libs and devel separate from the main package. - Build the PL subpackages as part of the main package. - Have separate packages for libpq and libecpg. - Generate the main and lib spec files from postgresql.spec.in. - Fix LSB conformance of the init script (bnc#658014). - Security and bugfix release 8.4.5 (bnc#643771): * Use a separate interpreter for each calling SQL userid in PL/Perl and PL/Tcl (CVE-2010-3433). * Prevent possible crashes in pg_get_expr() by disallowing it from being called with an argument that is not one of the system catalog columns it's intended to be used with. * Fix incorrect placement of placeholder evaluation. * Fix possible duplicate scans of UNION ALL member relations. * Fix "cannot handle unplanned sub-select" error. * Fix mishandling of whole-row Vars that reference a view or sub-select and appear within a nested sub-select. * Fix mishandling of cross-type IN comparisons. * Fix computation of ANALYZE statistics for tsvector columns. * Improve planner's estimate of memory used by array_agg(), string_agg(), and similar aggregate functions. * Fix failure to mark cached plans as transient. * Reduce PANIC to ERROR in some occasionally-reported btree failure cases, and provide additional detail in the resulting error messages. * Fix incorrect search logic for partial-match queries with GIN indexes. * Prevent show_session_authorization() from crashing within autovacuum processes. * Defend against functions returning setof record where not all the returned rows are actually of the same rowtype. * Fix possible corruption of pending trigger event lists during subtransaction rollback. * Fix possible failure when hashing a pass-by-reference function result. * Improve merge join's handling of NULLs in the join columns. * Take care to fsync the contents of lockfiles (both postmaster.pid and the socket lockfile) while writing them. * Avoid recursion while assigning XIDs to heavily-nested subtransactions. * Avoid holding open old WAL segments in the walwriter process. * Fix log_line_prefix's %i escape, which could produce junk early in backend startup. * Prevent misinterpretation of partially-specified relation options for TOAST tables. * Fix inheritance count tracking in ALTER TABLE ... ADD CONSTRAINT. * Fix possible data corruption in ALTER TABLE ... SET TABLESPACE when archiving is enabled. * Allow CREATE DATABASE and ALTER DATABASE ... SET TABLESPACE to be interrupted by query-cancel. * Improve CREATE INDEX's checking of whether proposed index expressions are immutable. * Fix REASSIGN OWNED to handle operator classes and families. * Fix possible core dump when comparing two empty tsquery values. * Fix LIKE's handling of patterns containing % followed by _ * Re-allow input of Julian dates prior to 0001-01-01 AD. * Fix PL/pgSQL to throw an error, not crash, if a cursor is closed within a FOR loop that is iterating over that cursor. * In PL/Python, defend against null pointer results from PyCObject_AsVoidPtr and PyCObject_FromVoidPtr * In libpq, fix full SSL certificate verification for the case where both host and hostaddr are specified. * Make psql recognize DISCARD ALL as a command that should not be encased in a transaction block in autocommit-off mode. * Fix some issues in pg_dump's handling of SQL/MED objects. * Improve pg_dump and pg_restore's handling of non-seekable archive files. This is important for proper functioning of parallel restore. * Improve parallel pg_restore's ability to cope with selective restore (-L option). * Fix ecpg to process data from RETURNING clauses correctly. * Fix some memory leaks in ecpg. * Improve contrib/dblink's handling of tables containing dropped columns. * Fix connection leak after "duplicate connection name" errors in contrib/dblink. * Fix contrib/dblink to handle connection names longer than 62 bytes correctly. * Add hstore(text, text) function to contrib/hstore. - Security and bugfix release 8.4.4: * Enforce restrictions in plperl using an opmask applied to the whole interpreter, instead of using Safe.pm. Recent developments have convinced us that Safe.pm is too insecure to rely on for making plperl trustable. This change removes use of Safe.pm altogether, in favor of using a separate interpreter with an opcode mask that is always applied. Pleasant side effects of the change include that it is now possible to use Perl's strict pragma in a natural way in plperl, and that Perl's $a and $b variables work as expected in sort routines, and that function compilation is significantly faster. (CVE-2010-1169) * Prevent PL/Tcl from executing untrustworthy code from pltcl_modules. PL/Tcl's feature for autoloading Tcl code from a database table could be exploited for trojan-horse attacks, because there was no restriction on who could create or insert into that table. This change disables the feature unless pltcl_modules is owned by a superuser. (However, the permissions on the table are not checked, so installations that really need a less-than-secure modules table can still grant suitable privileges to trusted non-superusers.) Also, prevent loading code into the unrestricted "normal" Tcl interpreter unless we are really going to execute a pltclu function. (CVE-2010-1170) * Fix data corruption during WAL replay of ALTER ... SET TABLESPACE. When archive_mode is on, ALTER ... SET TABLESPACE generates a WAL record whose replay logic was incorrect. It could write the data to the wrong place, leading to possibly-unrecoverable data corruption. Data corruption would be observed on standby slaves, and could occur on the master as well if a database crash and recovery occurred after committing the ALTER and before the next checkpoint. * Fix possible crash if a cache reset message is received during rebuild of a relcache entry. This error was introduced in 8.4.3 while fixing a related failure. * Apply per-function GUC settings while running the language validator for the function. * This avoids failures if the function's code is invalid without the setting; an example is that SQL functions may not parse if the search_path is not correct. * Do constraint exclusion for inherited UPDATE and DELETE target tables when constraint_exclusion = partition. Due to an oversight, this setting previously only caused constraint exclusion to be checked in SELECT commands. * Do not allow an unprivileged user to reset superuser-only parameter settings. Previously, if an unprivileged user ran ALTER USER ... RESET ALL for himself, or ALTER DATABASE ... RESET ALL for a database he owns, this would remove all special parameter settings for the user or database, even ones that are only supposed to be changeable by a superuser. Now, the ALTER will only remove the parameters that the user has permission to change. * Avoid possible crash during backend shutdown if shutdown occurs when a CONTEXT addition would be made to log entries. In some cases the context-printing function would fail because the current transaction had already been rolled back when it came time to print a log message. * Fix erroneous handling of %r parameter in recovery_end_command. The value always came out zero. * Ensure the archiver process responds to changes in archive_command as soon as possible. * Fix pl/pgsql's CASE statement to not fail when the case expression is a query that returns no rows. * Update pl/perl's ppport.h for modern Perl versions. * Fix assorted memory leaks in pl/python. * Handle empty-string connect parameters properly in ecpg. * Prevent infinite recursion in psql when expanding a variable that refers to itself. * Fix psql's \copy to not add spaces around a dot within \copy (select ...). Addition of spaces around the decimal point in a numeric literal would result in a syntax error. * Avoid formatting failure in psql when running in a locale context that doesn't match the client_encoding. * Fix unnecessary "GIN indexes do not support whole-index scans" errors for unsatisfiable queries using contrib/intarray operators. * Ensure that contrib/pgstattuple functions respond to cancel interrupts promptly. * Make server startup deal properly with the case that shmget() returns EINVAL for an existing shared memory segment. This behavior has been observed on BSD-derived kernels including OS X. It resulted in an entirely-misleading startup failure complaining that the shared memory request size was too large. - Use %configure to pick up the default directories (bnc#600616). - Security and bugfix release 8.4.3. - Disable GSSAPI, XML, kerberos and make check in OBS for SLES9. - Fix build for SLES9 - Fix package descriptions. - Security and bugfix release 8.4.2: * CVE-2009-4136: Protect against indirect security threats caused by index functions changing session-local state. This change prevents allegedly-immutable index functions from possibly subverting a superuser's session. * CVE-2009-4034: Reject SSL certificates containing an embedded null byte in the common name (CN) field. This prevents unintended matching of a certificate to a server or client name during SSL validation. * Fix hash index corruption. The 8.4 change that made hash indexes keep entries sorted by hash value failed to update the bucket splitting and compaction routines to preserve the ordering. So application of either of those operations could lead to permanent corruption of an index, in the sense that searches might fail to find entries that are present. To deal with this, it is recommended to REINDEX any hash indexes you may have after installing this update. * Fix possible crash during backend-startup-time cache initialization * Avoid crash on empty thesaurus dictionary * Prevent signals from interrupting VACUUM at unsafe times. This fix prevents a PANIC if a VACUUM FULL is cancelled after it's already committed its tuple movements, as well as transient errors if a plain VACUUM is interrupted after having truncated the table. * Fix possible crash due to integer overflow in hash table size calculation. This could occur with extremely large planner estimates for the size of a hashjoin's result. * Fix crash if a DROP is attempted on an internally-dependent object. * Fix very rare crash in inet/cidr comparisons. * Ensure that shared tuple-level locks held by prepared transactions are not ignored. * Fix premature drop of temporary files used for a cursor that is accessed within a subtransaction. * Fix memory leak in syslogger process when rotating to a new CSV logfile. * Fix memory leak in postmaster when re-parsing "pg_hba.conf". * Make FOR UPDATE/SHARE in the primary query not propagate into WITH queries. * Fix bug with a WITH RECURSIVE query immediately inside another one. * Fix concurrency bug in hash indexes. Concurrent insertions could cause index scans to transiently report wrong results. * Fix incorrect logic for GiST index page splits, when the split depends on a non-first column of the index. * Fix wrong search results for a multi-column GIN index with fastupdate enabled. * Fix bugs in WAL entry creation for GIN indexes. These bugs were masked when full_page_writes was on, but with it off a WAL replay failure was certain if a crash occurred before the next checkpoint. * Don't error out if recycling or removing an old WAL file fails at the end of checkpoint. It's better to treat the problem as non-fatal and allow the checkpoint to complete. Future checkpoints will retry the removal. Such problems are not expected in normal operation, but have been seen to be caused by misdesigned Windows anti-virus and backup software. * Ensure WAL files aren't repeatedly archived on Windows. This is another symptom that could happen if some other process interfered with deletion of a no-longer-needed file. * Fix PAM password processing to be more robust. The previous code is known to fail with the combination of the Linux pam_krb5 PAM module with Microsoft Active Directory as the domain controller. It might have problems elsewhere too, since it was making unjustified assumptions about what arguments the PAM stack would pass to it. * Raise the maximum authentication token (Kerberos ticket) size in GSSAPI and SSPI authentication methods. While the old 2000-byte limit was more than enough for Unix Kerberos implementations, tickets issued by Windows Domain Controllers can be much larger. * Ensure that domain constraints are enforced in constructs like ARRAY[...]::domain, where the domain is over an array type. * Fix foreign-key logic for some cases involving composite-type columns as foreign keys. * Ensure that a cursor's snapshot is not modified after it is created. This could lead to a cursor delivering wrong results if later operations in the same transaction modify the data the cursor is supposed to return. * Fix CREATE TABLE to properly merge default expressions coming from different inheritance parent tables. This used to work but was broken in 8.4. * Re-enable collection of access statistics for sequences. This used to work but was broken in 8.3. * Fix processing of ownership dependencies during CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION. * Fix incorrect handling of WHERE "x"="x" conditions. In some cases these could get ignored as redundant, but they aren't -- they're equivalent to "x" IS NOT NULL. * Fix incorrect plan construction when using hash aggregation to implement DISTINCT for textually identical volatile expressions. * Fix Assert failure for a volatile SELECT DISTINCT ON expression. * Fix ts_stat() to not fail on an empty tsvector value. * Make text search parser accept underscores in XML attributes. * Fix encoding handling in xml binary input. If the XML header doesn't specify an encoding, we now assume UTF-8 by default; the previous handling was inconsistent. * Fix bug with calling plperl from plperlu or vice versa. An error exit from the inner function could result in crashes due to failure to re-select the correct Perl interpreter for the outer function. * Fix session-lifespan memory leak when a PL/Perl function is redefined. * Ensure that Perl arrays are properly converted to PostgreSQL arrays when returned by a set-returning PL/Perl function. This worked correctly already for non-set-returning functions. * Fix rare crash in exception processing in PL/Python. * Fix ecpg problem with comments in DECLARE CURSOR statements. * Fix ecpg to not treat recently-added keywords as reserved words. This affected the keywords CALLED, CATALOG, DEFINER, ENUM, FOLLOWING, INVOKER, OPTIONS, PARTITION, PRECEDING, RANGE, SECURITY, SERVER, UNBOUNDED, and WRAPPER. * Re-allow regular expression special characters in psql's \df function name parameter. * In "contrib/pg_standby", disable triggering failover with a signal on Windows. This never did anything useful, because Windows doesn't have Unix-style signals, but recent changes made it actually crash. * Put FREEZE and VERBOSE options in the right order in the VACUUM command that "contrib/vacuumdb" produces. * Fix possible leak of connections when "contrib/dblink" encounters an error. * Ensure psql's flex module is compiled with the correct system header definitions. This fixes build failures on platforms where --enable-largefile causes incompatible changes in the generated code. * Make the postmaster ignore any application_name parameter in connection request packets, to improve compatibility with future libpq versions. * Update the timezone abbreviation files to match current reality This includes adding IDT to the default timezone abbreviation set. - package documentation as noarch - add baselibs.conf as a source - use find_lang to package language files correctly - Security and bugfix release 8.4.1: * Fix WAL page header initialization at the end of archive recovery. This could lead to failure to process the WAL in a subsequent archive recovery. * Fix "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery" error. * Fix problem that could make expired rows visible after a crash. This bug involved a page status bit potentially not being set correctly after a server crash. * Disallow RESET ROLE and RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION inside security-definer functions. This covers a case that was missed in the previous patch that disallowed SET ROLE and SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION inside security-definer functions. (See CVE-2007-6600) * Make LOAD of an already-loaded loadable module into a no-op. * Formerly, LOAD would attempt to unload and re-load the module, but this is unsafe and not all that useful. * Make window function PARTITION BY and ORDER BY items always be interpreted as simple expressions. In 8.4.0 these lists were parsed following the rules used for top-level GROUP BY and ORDER BY lists. But this was not correct per the SQL standard, and it led to possible circularity. * Fix several errors in planning of semi-joins. These led to wrong query results in some cases where IN or EXISTS was used together with another join. * Fix handling of whole-row references to subqueries that are within an outer join. An example is SELECT COUNT(ss.*) FROM ... LEFT JOIN (SELECT ...) ss ON .... Here, ss.* would be treated as ROW(NULL,NULL,...) for null-extended join rows, which is not the same as a simple NULL. Now it is treated as a simple NULL. * Fix Windows shared-memory allocation code. This bug led to the often-reported "could not reattach to shared memory" error message. * Fix locale handling with plperl. This bug could cause the server's locale setting to change when a plperl function is called, leading to data corruption. * Fix handling of reloptions to ensure setting one option doesn't force default values for others. * Ensure that a "fast shutdown" request will forcibly terminate open sessions, even if a "smart shutdown" was already in progress. * Avoid memory leak for array_agg() in GROUP BY queries. * Treat to_char(..., 'TH') as an uppercase ordinal suffix with 'HH'/'HH12'. It was previously handled as 'th' (lowercase). * Include the fractional part in the result of EXTRACT(second) and EXTRACT(milliseconds) for time and time with time zone inputs. This has always worked for floating-point datetime configurations, but was broken in the integer datetime code. * Fix overflow for INTERVAL 'x ms' when x is more than 2 million and integer datetimes are in use. * Improve performance when processing toasted values in index scans. This is particularly useful for PostGIS. * Fix a typo that disabled commit_delay. * Output early-startup messages to postmaster.log if the server is started in silent mode. Previously such error messages were discarded, leading to difficulty in debugging. * Remove translated FAQs. They are now on the wiki. The main FAQ was moved to the wiki some time ago. * Fix pg_ctl to not go into an infinite loop if postgresql.conf is empty. * Fix several errors in pg_dump's --binary-upgrade mode. * pg_dump --binary-upgrade is used by pg_migrator. * Fix contrib/xml2's xslt_process() to properly handle the maximum number of parameters (twenty). * Improve robustness of libpq's code to recover from errors during COPY FROM STDIN. * Avoid including conflicting readline and editline header files when both libraries are installed. * Work around gcc bug that causes "floating-point exception" instead of "division by zero" on some platforms. - postgresql-8.4.0-sle10-timestamptz.patch added, and applied _only_ on SLE10. It fixes a build failure due to a test case that seems to be confused by daylight saving time in the time zone that the test expects its result (PDT vs. PST). Since this failure happened only on SLE10, I assume that the test case isn't broken, and some peculiarity on that (rather old now) platform is to blame (possibly too old timezone files). Also, the testcase is checking correctness when converting timezones > 32 bit, which actually seems to work. - replace "ident sameuser" with "ident" as auth method for the initdb call in the init script, because the former doesn't work with PostgreSQL 8.4. With the generated pg_hba.conf, PostgreSQL failed to start. Added note to the upgrade READMEs. [bnc#522375] - New major release: 8.4.0 - Improvements include: * Windowing Functions * Common Table Expressions and Recursive Queries * Default and variadic parameters for functions * Parallel Restore * Column Permissions * Per-database locale settings * Improved hash indexes * Improved join performance for EXISTS and NOT EXISTS queries * Easier-to-use Warm Standby * Automatic sizing of the Free Space Map * Visibility Map (greatly reduces vacuum overhead for slowly-changing tables) * Version-aware psql (backslash commands work against older servers) * Support SSL certificates for user authentication * Per-function runtime statistics * Easy editing of functions in psql * New contrib modules: pg_stat_statements, auto_explain, citext, btree_gin - Remove dependency on local posixrules from horology test. - Security release 8.3.7 * Fixes a vulnerability that allowed remote authenticated users to cause a denial of service (stack consumption) via mismatched encoding conversion requests. * Details of the other bugfixes contained in this and previous releases can be found here: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.3/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Users of GiST indexes should "REINDEX" them after installing this update. - Re-added libpgport.a to the devel package, as some apps require it, although it is meant to be internal to the PostgreSQL backend. - Fix removal of leftover files on database startup (bnc#473644). ==== postgresql94-libs ==== Version update (9.4.11 -> 9.4.12) - Update to version 9.4.12: * https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-12.html * CVE-2017-7486, bsc#1037624: Restrict visibility of pg_user_mappings.umoptions, to protect passwords stored as user mapping options. !!! Manual action is needed to fix this in existing databases !!! See upstream release notes for details. * CVE-2017-7485, bsc#1038293: recognize PGREQUIRESSL variable again. * CVE-2017-7484, bsc#1037603: Prevent exposure of statistical information via leaky operators. * Obsoletes postgresql-9.4.11-fix-timezone-tests.patch - Move the timezone requirement to the server package as it was originally intended. - Stop building libpq and libecpg on SLE-12 in preparation of the submission of version 9.6. - Sync spec file with postgresql96. - Merge Factory and SLE-12. - fix tests with timezone 2017a bsc#1029547 postgresql-9.4.11-fix-timezone-tests.patch - Update to version 9.4.11: - Build corruption with CREATE INDEX CONCURRENTLY - Fixes for visibility and write-ahead-log stability For the full release notes, see: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-11.html - Update to version 9.4.10: * Fix WAL-logging of truncation of relation free space maps and visibility maps * Fix incorrect creation of GIN index WAL records on big-endian machines * Fix SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE to correctly lock tuples that have been updated by a subsequently-aborted transaction * Fix EvalPlanQual rechecks involving CTE scans * Fix improper repetition of previous results from hashed aggregation in a subquery * For the other bug fixes, see the release notes: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-10.html - Added "Requires: timezone" to Server Package (bsc#973660) - Update to version 9.4.9: * Fix possible mis-evaluation of nested CASE-WHEN expressions (CVE-2016-5423, bsc#993454) * Fix client programs' handling of special characters in database and role names (CVE-2016-5424, bsc#993453) * Fix corner-case misbehaviors for IS NULL/IS NOT NULL applied to nested composite values * Make the inet and cidr data types properly reject IPv6 addresses with too many colon-separated fields * Prevent crash in close_ps() (the point ## lseg operator) for NaN input coordinates * Fix several one-byte buffer over-reads in to_number() * Avoid unsafe intermediate state during expensive paths through heap_update() * For the other bug fixes, see the release notes: https://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-9.html - The libs are now built in 9.5, so disable them here and remove baselibs.conf. - Bugfix release to 9.4.8 This update fixes several problems which caused downtime for users, including: - Clearing the OpenSSL error queue before OpenSSL calls, preventing errors in SSL connections, particularly when using the Python, Ruby or PHP OpenSSL wrappers - Fixed the "failed to build N-way joins" planner error - Fixed incorrect handling of equivalence in multilevel nestloop query plans, which could emit rows which didn't match the WHERE clause. - Prevented two memory leaks with using GIN indexes, including a potential index corruption risk. The release also includes many other bug fixes for reported issues, many of which affect all supported versions: - Fix corner-case parser failures occurring when operator_precedence_warning is turned on - Prevent possible misbehavior of TH, th, and Y,YYY format codes in to_timestamp() - Correct dumping of VIEWs and RULEs which use ANY (array) in a subselect - Disallow newlines in ALTER SYSTEM parameter values - Avoid possible misbehavior after failing to remove a tablespace symlink - Fix crash in logical decoding on alignment-picky platforms - Avoid repeated requests for feedback from receiver while shutting down walsender - Multiple fixes for pg_upgrade - Support building with Visual Studio 2015 - This update also contains tzdata release 2016d, with updates for Russia, Venezuela, Kirov, and Tomsk. http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-9-4-8.html - Bugfix release 9.4.7: - Fix two bugs in indexed ROW() comparisons - Avoid data loss due to renaming files - Prevent an error in rechecking rows in SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE - Fix bugs in multiple json_ and jsonb_ functions - Log lock waits for INSERT ON CONFLICT correctly - Ignore recovery_min_apply_delay until reaching a consistent state - Fix issue with pg_subtrans XID wraparound - Fix assorted bugs in Logical Decoding - Fix planner error with nested security barrier views - Prevent memory leak in GIN indexes - Fix two issues with ispell dictionaries - Avoid a crash on old Windows versions - Skip creating an erroneous delete script in pg_upgrade - Correctly translate empty arrays into PL/Perl - Make PL/Python cope with identifier names - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-7.html - Security and bugfix release 9.4.6: * *** IMPORTANT *** Users of version 9.4 will need to reindex any jsonb_path_ops indexes they have created, in order to fix a persistent issue with missing index entries. * Fix infinite loops and buffer-overrun problems in regular expressions (CVE-2016-0773, bsc#966436). * Fix regular-expression compiler to handle loops of constraint arcs (CVE-2007-4772). * Prevent certain PL/Java parameters from being set by non-superusers (CVE-2016-0766, bsc#966435). * Fix many issues in pg_dump with specific object types * Prevent over-eager pushdown of HAVING clauses for GROUPING SETS * Fix deparsing error with ON CONFLICT ... WHERE clauses * Fix tableoid errors for postgres_fdw * Prevent floating-point exceptions in pgbench * Make \det search Foreign Table names consistently * Fix quoting of domain constraint names in pg_dump * Prevent putting expanded objects into Const nodes * Allow compile of PL/Java on Windows * Fix "unresolved symbol" errors in PL/Python execution * Allow Python2 and Python3 to be used in the same database * Add support for Python 3.5 in PL/Python * Fix issue with subdirectory creation during initdb * Make pg_ctl report status correctly on Windows * Suppress confusing error when using pg_receivexlog with older servers * Multiple documentation corrections and additions * Fix erroneous hash calculations in gin_extract_jsonb_path() - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-6.html - PL/Perl still needs to be linked with rpath, so that it can find libperl.so at runtime. bsc#578053, postgresql-plperl-keep-rpath.patch - Security and bugfix release 9.4.5: * CVE-2015-5289, bsc#949670: json or jsonb input values constructed from arbitrary user input can crash the PostgreSQL server and cause a denial of service. * CVE-2015-5288, bsc#949669: The crypt() function included with the optional pgCrypto extension could be exploited to read a few additional bytes of memory. No working exploit for this issue has been developed. - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/release-9-4-5.html - Move systemd related stuff and user creation to postgresql-init. - Remove some obsolete %suse_version conditionals - Adjust build time dependencies. - Fix some more rpmlint warnings. - Relax dependency on libpq to major version. - Make sure that plpgsql.h gets installed, because pldebugger needs it. - Move ~postgres/.bash_profile to postgresql-server to avoid a file conflict between the versioned server packages. - Bring PostgreSQL 9.4 to SLE12 (fate#319049). - Switch from ossp-uuid to libuuid from e2fsprogs. - Re-enable running the test suite during build. - Bugfix release 9.4.4: * Fix possible failure to recover from an inconsistent database state. * Fix rare failure to invalidate relation cache init file. * Avoid deadlock between incoming sessions and CREATE/DROP DATABASE. * Improve planner's cost estimates for semi-joins and anti-joins with inner indexscans - Bugfix release 9.4.3: * Avoid failures while fsync'ing data directory during crash restart. * Fix pg_get_functiondef() to show functions' LEAKPROOF property, if set. * Fix pushJsonbValue() to unpack jbvBinary objects. - Security and bugfix release 9.4.2: * CVE-2015-3165, bsc#931972: Avoid possible crash when client disconnects just before the authentication timeout expires. * CVE-2015-3166, bsc#931973: Consistently check for failure of the *printf() family of functions. * CVE-2015-3167, bsc#931974: In contrib/pgcrypto, uniformly report decryption failures as "Wrong key or corrupt data". * Protect against wraparound of multixact member IDs. - For the full release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-2.html http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-3.html http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4-4.html - Align spec file with 9.3 package. - Require systemd only where available and only for the main package. - bnc#888564: Move the server socket from /tmp to /var/run to avoid problems with clients that use PrivateTmp. postgresql-var-run-socket.patch - Switch over to 9.4 by building the libs package and disable it on 9.3. - Remove obsolete patches: * postgresql-sle10-timestamptz.patch * postgresql-plperl.patch - majorversion should only be 9.4 - Update to 9.4.1 * Fix buffer overruns in to_char() * Fix buffer overrun in replacement *printf() functions * Fix buffer overruns in contrib/pgcrypto * Fix possible loss of frontend/backend protocol synchronization after an error * Fix information leak via constraint-violation error messages * Lock down regression testing's temporary installations on Windows * Cope with the Windows locale named "Norwegian (Bokm�l)" * Fix use-of-already-freed-memory problem in EvalPlanQual processing * Avoid possible deadlock while trying to acquire tuple locks in EvalPlanQual processing * Improve performance of EXPLAIN with large range tables * Fix jsonb Unicode escape processing, and in consequence disallow \u0000 * Fix namespace handling in xpath() * Fix assorted oversights in range-operator selectivity estimation * Revert unintended reduction in maximum size of a GIN index item * Fix query-duration memory leak during repeated GIN index rescans * Fix possible crash when using nonzero gin_fuzzy_search_limit * Assorted fixes for logical decoding * Fix incorrect replay of WAL parameter change records that report changes in the wal_log_hints setting * Change "pgstat wait timeout" warning message to be LOG level, and rephrase it to be more understandable * Warn if OS X's setlocale() starts an unwanted extra thread inside the postmaster * Fix libpq's behavior when /etc/passwd isn't readable * Improve consistency of parsing of psql's special variables * Fix pg_dump to handle comments on event triggers without failing * Allow parallel pg_dump to use --serializable-deferrable * Prevent WAL files created by pg_basebackup -x/-X from being archived again when the standby is promoted * Handle unexpected query results, especially NULLs, safely in contrib/tablefunc's connectby() * Numerous cleanups of warnings from Coverity static code analyzer * Allow CFLAGS from configure's environment to override automatically-supplied CFLAGS * Make pg_regress remove any temporary installation it created upon successful exit * Add CST (China Standard Time) to our lists of timezone abbreviations * Update time zone data files to tzdata release 2015a for DST law changes in Chile and Mexico, plus historical changes in Iceland. - removed %pgbasedir from contrib and server package - Update to 9.4.0 Major enhancements in PostgreSQL 9.4 include: * Add jsonb, a more capable and efficient data type for storing JSON data * Add new SQL command ALTER SYSTEM for changing postgresql.conf configuration file entries * Reduce lock strength for some ALTER TABLE commands * Allow materialized views to be refreshed without blocking concurrent reads * Add support for logical decoding of WAL data, to allow database changes to be streamed out in a customizable format * Allow background worker processes to be dynamically registered, started and terminated * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.4/static/release-9-4.html - Update to 9.3.4 * Fix WAL replay of locking an already-updated tuple * Restore GIN metapages unconditionally to avoid torn-page risk * Avoid race condition in checking transaction commit status during receipt of a NOTIFY message * Allow materialized views to be referenced in UPDATE and DELETE commands * Allow regular-expression operators to be terminated early by query cancel requests * Remove incorrect code that tried to allow OVERLAPS with single-element row arguments * Avoid getting more than AccessShareLock when de-parsing a rule or view * Improve performance of index endpoint probes during planning * Use non-default selectivity estimates for value IN (list) and value operator ANY (array) expressions when the righthand side is a stable expression * Remove the correct per-database statistics file during DROP DATABASE * Fix walsender ping logic to avoid inappropriate disconnects under continuous load * Fix walsender's failure to shut down cleanly when client is pg_receivexlog * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-4.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - make postgresql-init a buildrequire. requires(pre) are used during build, but do not cause a rebuild trigger. But to make the depencency visible for bootstrapping, mark it as real buildrequire - Security and bugfix release 9.3.3: * Shore up GRANT ... WITH ADMIN OPTION restrictions (CVE-2014-0060, bnc#864845) * Prevent privilege escalation via manual calls to PL validator functions (CVE-2014-0061, bnc#864846) * Avoid multiple name lookups during table and index DDL (CVE-2014-0062, bnc#864847) * Prevent buffer overrun with long datetime strings (CVE-2014-0063, bnc#864850) * Prevent buffer overrun due to integer overflow in size calculations (CVE-2014-0064, bnc#864851) * Prevent overruns of fixed-size buffers (CVE-2014-0065, bnc#864852) * Avoid crashing if crypt() returns NULL (CVE-2014-0066, bnc#864853) * Document risks of make check in the regression testing instructions (CVE-2014-0067) * Rework tuple freezing protocol. The logic for tuple freezing was unable to handle some cases involving freezing of multixact IDs, with the practical effect that shared row-level locks might be forgotten once old enough. Fixing this required changing the WAL record format for tuple freezing. While this is no issue for standalone servers, when using replication it means that STANDBY SERVERS MUST BE UPGRADED TO 9.3.3 OR LATER BEFORE THEIR MASTERS ARE. * For the other (many!) bug fixes, see the release notes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-3.html - remove postgresql-tas-aarch64.patch: Fix build for aarch64 - Fix handling of alternatives in the file lists. - Update to version 9.3.2: * Fix VACUUM's tests to see whether it can update relfrozenxid * Fix multiple bugs in MultiXactId freezing * Fix initialization of pg_clog and og_subtrans during hot standby startup * Fix multiple bugs in update chain traversal * Fix dangling-pointer problem in fast-path locking * Fix assorted race conditions in timeout management * Prevent intra-transaction memory leak when printing range values * Truncate pg_multixact contents during WAL replay * Ensure an anti-wraparound VACUUM counts a page as scanned when it's only verified that no tuples need freezing * Fix full-table-vacuum request mechanism for MultiXactIds * Fix race condition in GIN index posting tree page deletion * Avoid flattening a subquery whose SELECT list contains a volatile function wrapped inside a sub-SELECT * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3-2.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - Added option to build postgresql-devel package separatly from postresql-libs - Update to version 9.3.1: * Update hstore extension with JSON functionality * Fix memory leak when creating range indexes * Serializable snapshot fixes * Fix libpq SSL deadlock bug * Fix timeline handling bugs in pg_receivexlog * Prevent CREATE FUNCTION from checking SET variables unless function body checking is enabled * Remove rare inaccurate warning during vacuum of index-less tables - Added patch to build testsuite package (bnc#829952) - Re-enable running the regression tests during build. - The test suite needs the timezone package. - Updated to version 9.3: * Add materialized views * Make simple views auto-updatable * Many JSON improvements, including the addition of operators and functions to extract values from JSON data strings * Implement SQL-standard LATERAL option for FROM-clause subqueries and function calls * Allow foreign data wrappers to support writes (insers/updates/deletes) on foreign tables * Add a Postgres foreign data wrapper contrib module * Add support for event triggers * Add optional ability to checksum data pages and report corruption * Allow a streaming replication standby to follow a timeline switch, and faster failover * Dramatically reduce System V shared memory requirements * Prevent non-key-field row updates from locking foreign key rows * Add command-line utility pg_isready * Add pg_xlogdump contrib program * See release notes for a full list of changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.3/static/release-9-3.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql93/HISTORY - postgresql-tas-aarch64.patch: Implement TAS for aarch64 - Add Source URL, see https://en.opensuse.org/SourceUrls - Updated to version 9.2.4 (bnc#812525): * CVE-2013-1899: Fix insecure parsing of server command-line switches. A connection request containing a database name that begins with "-" could be crafted to damage or destroy files within the server's data directory, even if the request is eventually rejected. * CVE-2013-1900: Reset OpenSSL randomness state in each postmaster child process. This avoids a scenario wherein random numbers generated by "contrib/pgcrypto" functions might be relatively easy for another database user to guess. The risk is only significant when the postmaster is configured with ssl = on but most connections don't use SSL encryption. * CVE-2013-1901: Make REPLICATION privilege checks test current user not authenticated user. An unprivileged database user could exploit this mistake to call pg_start_backup() or pg_stop_backup(), thus possibly interfering with creation of routine backups. * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-4.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql92/HISTORY - Version 9.2.3 also fixes bnc#802679, CVE-2013-0255. - Remove postgresql92-full.spec.in and use postgresql92.spec as the master for generating postgresql92-libs.spec. - Updated to version 9.2.3 * Prevent execution of enum_recv from SQL (Tom Lane) * Fix multiple problems in detection of when a consistent database state has been reached during WAL replay * Fix detection of end-of-backup point when no actual redo work is required * Update minimum recovery point when truncating a relation file * Fix recycling of WAL segments after changing recovery target timeline * Properly restore timeline history files from archive on cascading standby servers * Fix lock conflict detection on hot-standby servers * Fix missing cancellations in hot standby mode * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-3.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Use PDX license string. - Conflicts tags don't support the != operator. - Updated to version 9.2.2 * Fix multiple bugs associated with CREATE/DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY * Correct predicate locking for DROP INDEX CONCURRENTLY * Fix buffer locking during WAL replay * Fix an error in WAL generation logic for GIN indexes * Fix an error in WAL replay logic for SP-GiST indexes * Fix incorrect detection of end-of-base-backup location during WAL recovery * Properly remove startup process's virtual XID lock when promoting a hot standby server to normal running * Avoid bogus "out-of-sequence timeline ID" errors in standby mode * Prevent the postmaster from launching new child processes after it's received a shutdown signal * Fix the syslogger process to not fail when log_rotation_age exceeds 2^31 milliseconds * Fix WaitLatch() to return promptly when the requested timeout expires * Avoid corruption of internal hash tables when out of memory * Prevent file descriptors for dropped tables from being held open past transaction end * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.2/static/release-9-2-2.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Change mechanism for making postgresql??-devel exclusive (bnc#789562). - Resolve "have choice for libpq.so.5" by ignoring postgresql-libs. - Get the new packaging scheme over to the postgresql92 packages and make 9.2 the new default version. - Bugfix release 9.1.6 (bnc#782251) to fix data corruption issues. * Users who upgrade from a previous 9.1 release should run REINDEX after applying this update. See also: http://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/20120924updaterelease * For the full list of changes, see http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html - Change the base name of all PostgreSQL packages from postgresql to postgresql91 and adopt the new packaging schema, which allows the parallel installation of multiple PostgreSQL versions to simplify and speedup migration. - Move init script, sysconfig file and firewall configuration into a new package called postgresql-init which can work with different PostgreSQL versions. - Security and bugfix release 9.1.5: * Ignore SECURITY DEFINER and SET attributes for a procedural language's call handler (CVE-2012-2655) * Fix incorrect password transformation in "contrib/pgcrypto"'s DES crypt() function (CVE-2012-2143) * Prevent access to external files/URLs via "contrib/xml2"'s xslt_process() (CVE-2012-3488) * Prevent access to external files/URLs via XML entity references (CVE-2012-3489) * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Security and bugfix release 9.1.3: * Require execute permission on the trigger function for "CREATE TRIGGER" (CVE-2012-0866, bnc#749299). * Remove arbitrary limitation on length of common name in SSL certificates (CVE-2012-0867, bnc#749301). * Convert newlines to spaces in names written in pg_dump comments (CVE-2012-0868, bnc#749303). * See the release notes for the rest of the changes: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - This also fixes bnc#701489. - New version 9.1.1. For detailed release notes, see: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.1/static/release-9-1-1.html - Stop using deprecated silent_mode in default config. - postgresql-perl514.patch is no longer needed. - Use %_smp_mflags for parallel make - Keep the rpath when linking plperl [bnc#578053]. - Add postgresql-devel to baselibs - Revert the postgresql-libs package split for SLE in preparation of submitting the package to SLE11-SP1. - Fix file name of last added patch and remove overlong comment. - Add postgresql-9.0.4-perl514.patch: For Perl 5.14 GvCV(sv) is no longer an lvalue and needs to be replaced by GvCV_set(sv, value) - Bugfix release: 9.0.4: * This update contains a critical fix to the pg_upgrade utility which prevents significant downtime issues. Do not use pg_upgrade without installing this update first. http://wiki.postgresql.org/wiki/20110408pg_upgrade_fix * change SQLSTATE for Hot Standby warnings * prevent bgwriter hang during recovery * prevent recursive composite type creation * disallow dropping tables whose triggers are still pending * allow use of "replication" as a user name * prevent a crash during GEQO planning * improve join plans for tables with missing statistics * fix error with SELECT FOR UPDATE in a subselect * close PL/python array slice memory leak * allow SSL connections for users with no home directory - http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/release-9-0-4.html - enabled --with-ossp-uuid - Fix the fix of the fix for the successors of postgresql-libs. - provide postgresql-libs in the specfile that actually builds the libs package - fix update of libs - Move all of pgxs into the devel package to fix build of server extensions. - Move pg_config from -server to -devel to fix build of certain client apps and language bindings, but using pg_config on the client side is still considered broken, because it tells what got linked into the server binary not what got linked into libpq. - Remove unneeded PreReq from postgresql on postgresql-libs. - New version: 9.0.3. For the complete release notes, see http://www.postgresql.org/docs/9.0/static/release.html - Build libs and devel separate from the main package. - Build the PL subpackages as part of the main package. - Have separate packages for libpq and libecpg. - Generate the main and lib spec files from postgresql.spec.in. - Fix LSB conformance of the init script (bnc#658014). - Security and bugfix release 8.4.5 (bnc#643771): * Use a separate interpreter for each calling SQL userid in PL/Perl and PL/Tcl (CVE-2010-3433). * Prevent possible crashes in pg_get_expr() by disallowing it from being called with an argument that is not one of the system catalog columns it's intended to be used with. * Fix incorrect placement of placeholder evaluation. * Fix possible duplicate scans of UNION ALL member relations. * Fix "cannot handle unplanned sub-select" error. * Fix mishandling of whole-row Vars that reference a view or sub-select and appear within a nested sub-select. * Fix mishandling of cross-type IN comparisons. * Fix computation of ANALYZE statistics for tsvector columns. * Improve planner's estimate of memory used by array_agg(), string_agg(), and similar aggregate functions. * Fix failure to mark cached plans as transient. * Reduce PANIC to ERROR in some occasionally-reported btree failure cases, and provide additional detail in the resulting error messages. * Fix incorrect search logic for partial-match queries with GIN indexes. * Prevent show_session_authorization() from crashing within autovacuum processes. * Defend against functions returning setof record where not all the returned rows are actually of the same rowtype. * Fix possible corruption of pending trigger event lists during subtransaction rollback. * Fix possible failure when hashing a pass-by-reference function result. * Improve merge join's handling of NULLs in the join columns. * Take care to fsync the contents of lockfiles (both postmaster.pid and the socket lockfile) while writing them. * Avoid recursion while assigning XIDs to heavily-nested subtransactions. * Avoid holding open old WAL segments in the walwriter process. * Fix log_line_prefix's %i escape, which could produce junk early in backend startup. * Prevent misinterpretation of partially-specified relation options for TOAST tables. * Fix inheritance count tracking in ALTER TABLE ... ADD CONSTRAINT. * Fix possible data corruption in ALTER TABLE ... SET TABLESPACE when archiving is enabled. * Allow CREATE DATABASE and ALTER DATABASE ... SET TABLESPACE to be interrupted by query-cancel. * Improve CREATE INDEX's checking of whether proposed index expressions are immutable. * Fix REASSIGN OWNED to handle operator classes and families. * Fix possible core dump when comparing two empty tsquery values. * Fix LIKE's handling of patterns containing % followed by _ * Re-allow input of Julian dates prior to 0001-01-01 AD. * Fix PL/pgSQL to throw an error, not crash, if a cursor is closed within a FOR loop that is iterating over that cursor. * In PL/Python, defend against null pointer results from PyCObject_AsVoidPtr and PyCObject_FromVoidPtr * In libpq, fix full SSL certificate verification for the case where both host and hostaddr are specified. * Make psql recognize DISCARD ALL as a command that should not be encased in a transaction block in autocommit-off mode. * Fix some issues in pg_dump's handling of SQL/MED objects. * Improve pg_dump and pg_restore's handling of non-seekable archive files. This is important for proper functioning of parallel restore. * Improve parallel pg_restore's ability to cope with selective restore (-L option). * Fix ecpg to process data from RETURNING clauses correctly. * Fix some memory leaks in ecpg. * Improve contrib/dblink's handling of tables containing dropped columns. * Fix connection leak after "duplicate connection name" errors in contrib/dblink. * Fix contrib/dblink to handle connection names longer than 62 bytes correctly. * Add hstore(text, text) function to contrib/hstore. - Security and bugfix release 8.4.4: * Enforce restrictions in plperl using an opmask applied to the whole interpreter, instead of using Safe.pm. Recent developments have convinced us that Safe.pm is too insecure to rely on for making plperl trustable. This change removes use of Safe.pm altogether, in favor of using a separate interpreter with an opcode mask that is always applied. Pleasant side effects of the change include that it is now possible to use Perl's strict pragma in a natural way in plperl, and that Perl's $a and $b variables work as expected in sort routines, and that function compilation is significantly faster. (CVE-2010-1169) * Prevent PL/Tcl from executing untrustworthy code from pltcl_modules. PL/Tcl's feature for autoloading Tcl code from a database table could be exploited for trojan-horse attacks, because there was no restriction on who could create or insert into that table. This change disables the feature unless pltcl_modules is owned by a superuser. (However, the permissions on the table are not checked, so installations that really need a less-than-secure modules table can still grant suitable privileges to trusted non-superusers.) Also, prevent loading code into the unrestricted "normal" Tcl interpreter unless we are really going to execute a pltclu function. (CVE-2010-1170) * Fix data corruption during WAL replay of ALTER ... SET TABLESPACE. When archive_mode is on, ALTER ... SET TABLESPACE generates a WAL record whose replay logic was incorrect. It could write the data to the wrong place, leading to possibly-unrecoverable data corruption. Data corruption would be observed on standby slaves, and could occur on the master as well if a database crash and recovery occurred after committing the ALTER and before the next checkpoint. * Fix possible crash if a cache reset message is received during rebuild of a relcache entry. This error was introduced in 8.4.3 while fixing a related failure. * Apply per-function GUC settings while running the language validator for the function. * This avoids failures if the function's code is invalid without the setting; an example is that SQL functions may not parse if the search_path is not correct. * Do constraint exclusion for inherited UPDATE and DELETE target tables when constraint_exclusion = partition. Due to an oversight, this setting previously only caused constraint exclusion to be checked in SELECT commands. * Do not allow an unprivileged user to reset superuser-only parameter settings. Previously, if an unprivileged user ran ALTER USER ... RESET ALL for himself, or ALTER DATABASE ... RESET ALL for a database he owns, this would remove all special parameter settings for the user or database, even ones that are only supposed to be changeable by a superuser. Now, the ALTER will only remove the parameters that the user has permission to change. * Avoid possible crash during backend shutdown if shutdown occurs when a CONTEXT addition would be made to log entries. In some cases the context-printing function would fail because the current transaction had already been rolled back when it came time to print a log message. * Fix erroneous handling of %r parameter in recovery_end_command. The value always came out zero. * Ensure the archiver process responds to changes in archive_command as soon as possible. * Fix pl/pgsql's CASE statement to not fail when the case expression is a query that returns no rows. * Update pl/perl's ppport.h for modern Perl versions. * Fix assorted memory leaks in pl/python. * Handle empty-string connect parameters properly in ecpg. * Prevent infinite recursion in psql when expanding a variable that refers to itself. * Fix psql's \copy to not add spaces around a dot within \copy (select ...). Addition of spaces around the decimal point in a numeric literal would result in a syntax error. * Avoid formatting failure in psql when running in a locale context that doesn't match the client_encoding. * Fix unnecessary "GIN indexes do not support whole-index scans" errors for unsatisfiable queries using contrib/intarray operators. * Ensure that contrib/pgstattuple functions respond to cancel interrupts promptly. * Make server startup deal properly with the case that shmget() returns EINVAL for an existing shared memory segment. This behavior has been observed on BSD-derived kernels including OS X. It resulted in an entirely-misleading startup failure complaining that the shared memory request size was too large. - Use %configure to pick up the default directories (bnc#600616). - Security and bugfix release 8.4.3. - Disable GSSAPI, XML, kerberos and make check in OBS for SLES9. - Fix build for SLES9 - Fix package descriptions. - Security and bugfix release 8.4.2: * CVE-2009-4136: Protect against indirect security threats caused by index functions changing session-local state. This change prevents allegedly-immutable index functions from possibly subverting a superuser's session. * CVE-2009-4034: Reject SSL certificates containing an embedded null byte in the common name (CN) field. This prevents unintended matching of a certificate to a server or client name during SSL validation. * Fix hash index corruption. The 8.4 change that made hash indexes keep entries sorted by hash value failed to update the bucket splitting and compaction routines to preserve the ordering. So application of either of those operations could lead to permanent corruption of an index, in the sense that searches might fail to find entries that are present. To deal with this, it is recommended to REINDEX any hash indexes you may have after installing this update. * Fix possible crash during backend-startup-time cache initialization * Avoid crash on empty thesaurus dictionary * Prevent signals from interrupting VACUUM at unsafe times. This fix prevents a PANIC if a VACUUM FULL is cancelled after it's already committed its tuple movements, as well as transient errors if a plain VACUUM is interrupted after having truncated the table. * Fix possible crash due to integer overflow in hash table size calculation. This could occur with extremely large planner estimates for the size of a hashjoin's result. * Fix crash if a DROP is attempted on an internally-dependent object. * Fix very rare crash in inet/cidr comparisons. * Ensure that shared tuple-level locks held by prepared transactions are not ignored. * Fix premature drop of temporary files used for a cursor that is accessed within a subtransaction. * Fix memory leak in syslogger process when rotating to a new CSV logfile. * Fix memory leak in postmaster when re-parsing "pg_hba.conf". * Make FOR UPDATE/SHARE in the primary query not propagate into WITH queries. * Fix bug with a WITH RECURSIVE query immediately inside another one. * Fix concurrency bug in hash indexes. Concurrent insertions could cause index scans to transiently report wrong results. * Fix incorrect logic for GiST index page splits, when the split depends on a non-first column of the index. * Fix wrong search results for a multi-column GIN index with fastupdate enabled. * Fix bugs in WAL entry creation for GIN indexes. These bugs were masked when full_page_writes was on, but with it off a WAL replay failure was certain if a crash occurred before the next checkpoint. * Don't error out if recycling or removing an old WAL file fails at the end of checkpoint. It's better to treat the problem as non-fatal and allow the checkpoint to complete. Future checkpoints will retry the removal. Such problems are not expected in normal operation, but have been seen to be caused by misdesigned Windows anti-virus and backup software. * Ensure WAL files aren't repeatedly archived on Windows. This is another symptom that could happen if some other process interfered with deletion of a no-longer-needed file. * Fix PAM password processing to be more robust. The previous code is known to fail with the combination of the Linux pam_krb5 PAM module with Microsoft Active Directory as the domain controller. It might have problems elsewhere too, since it was making unjustified assumptions about what arguments the PAM stack would pass to it. * Raise the maximum authentication token (Kerberos ticket) size in GSSAPI and SSPI authentication methods. While the old 2000-byte limit was more than enough for Unix Kerberos implementations, tickets issued by Windows Domain Controllers can be much larger. * Ensure that domain constraints are enforced in constructs like ARRAY[...]::domain, where the domain is over an array type. * Fix foreign-key logic for some cases involving composite-type columns as foreign keys. * Ensure that a cursor's snapshot is not modified after it is created. This could lead to a cursor delivering wrong results if later operations in the same transaction modify the data the cursor is supposed to return. * Fix CREATE TABLE to properly merge default expressions coming from different inheritance parent tables. This used to work but was broken in 8.4. * Re-enable collection of access statistics for sequences. This used to work but was broken in 8.3. * Fix processing of ownership dependencies during CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION. * Fix incorrect handling of WHERE "x"="x" conditions. In some cases these could get ignored as redundant, but they aren't -- they're equivalent to "x" IS NOT NULL. * Fix incorrect plan construction when using hash aggregation to implement DISTINCT for textually identical volatile expressions. * Fix Assert failure for a volatile SELECT DISTINCT ON expression. * Fix ts_stat() to not fail on an empty tsvector value. * Make text search parser accept underscores in XML attributes. * Fix encoding handling in xml binary input. If the XML header doesn't specify an encoding, we now assume UTF-8 by default; the previous handling was inconsistent. * Fix bug with calling plperl from plperlu or vice versa. An error exit from the inner function could result in crashes due to failure to re-select the correct Perl interpreter for the outer function. * Fix session-lifespan memory leak when a PL/Perl function is redefined. * Ensure that Perl arrays are properly converted to PostgreSQL arrays when returned by a set-returning PL/Perl function. This worked correctly already for non-set-returning functions. * Fix rare crash in exception processing in PL/Python. * Fix ecpg problem with comments in DECLARE CURSOR statements. * Fix ecpg to not treat recently-added keywords as reserved words. This affected the keywords CALLED, CATALOG, DEFINER, ENUM, FOLLOWING, INVOKER, OPTIONS, PARTITION, PRECEDING, RANGE, SECURITY, SERVER, UNBOUNDED, and WRAPPER. * Re-allow regular expression special characters in psql's \df function name parameter. * In "contrib/pg_standby", disable triggering failover with a signal on Windows. This never did anything useful, because Windows doesn't have Unix-style signals, but recent changes made it actually crash. * Put FREEZE and VERBOSE options in the right order in the VACUUM command that "contrib/vacuumdb" produces. * Fix possible leak of connections when "contrib/dblink" encounters an error. * Ensure psql's flex module is compiled with the correct system header definitions. This fixes build failures on platforms where --enable-largefile causes incompatible changes in the generated code. * Make the postmaster ignore any application_name parameter in connection request packets, to improve compatibility with future libpq versions. * Update the timezone abbreviation files to match current reality This includes adding IDT to the default timezone abbreviation set. - package documentation as noarch - add baselibs.conf as a source - use find_lang to package language files correctly - Security and bugfix release 8.4.1: * Fix WAL page header initialization at the end of archive recovery. This could lead to failure to process the WAL in a subsequent archive recovery. * Fix "cannot make new WAL entries during recovery" error. * Fix problem that could make expired rows visible after a crash. This bug involved a page status bit potentially not being set correctly after a server crash. * Disallow RESET ROLE and RESET SESSION AUTHORIZATION inside security-definer functions. This covers a case that was missed in the previous patch that disallowed SET ROLE and SET SESSION AUTHORIZATION inside security-definer functions. (See CVE-2007-6600) * Make LOAD of an already-loaded loadable module into a no-op. * Formerly, LOAD would attempt to unload and re-load the module, but this is unsafe and not all that useful. * Make window function PARTITION BY and ORDER BY items always be interpreted as simple expressions. In 8.4.0 these lists were parsed following the rules used for top-level GROUP BY and ORDER BY lists. But this was not correct per the SQL standard, and it led to possible circularity. * Fix several errors in planning of semi-joins. These led to wrong query results in some cases where IN or EXISTS was used together with another join. * Fix handling of whole-row references to subqueries that are within an outer join. An example is SELECT COUNT(ss.*) FROM ... LEFT JOIN (SELECT ...) ss ON .... Here, ss.* would be treated as ROW(NULL,NULL,...) for null-extended join rows, which is not the same as a simple NULL. Now it is treated as a simple NULL. * Fix Windows shared-memory allocation code. This bug led to the often-reported "could not reattach to shared memory" error message. * Fix locale handling with plperl. This bug could cause the server's locale setting to change when a plperl function is called, leading to data corruption. * Fix handling of reloptions to ensure setting one option doesn't force default values for others. * Ensure that a "fast shutdown" request will forcibly terminate open sessions, even if a "smart shutdown" was already in progress. * Avoid memory leak for array_agg() in GROUP BY queries. * Treat to_char(..., 'TH') as an uppercase ordinal suffix with 'HH'/'HH12'. It was previously handled as 'th' (lowercase). * Include the fractional part in the result of EXTRACT(second) and EXTRACT(milliseconds) for time and time with time zone inputs. This has always worked for floating-point datetime configurations, but was broken in the integer datetime code. * Fix overflow for INTERVAL 'x ms' when x is more than 2 million and integer datetimes are in use. * Improve performance when processing toasted values in index scans. This is particularly useful for PostGIS. * Fix a typo that disabled commit_delay. * Output early-startup messages to postmaster.log if the server is started in silent mode. Previously such error messages were discarded, leading to difficulty in debugging. * Remove translated FAQs. They are now on the wiki. The main FAQ was moved to the wiki some time ago. * Fix pg_ctl to not go into an infinite loop if postgresql.conf is empty. * Fix several errors in pg_dump's --binary-upgrade mode. * pg_dump --binary-upgrade is used by pg_migrator. * Fix contrib/xml2's xslt_process() to properly handle the maximum number of parameters (twenty). * Improve robustness of libpq's code to recover from errors during COPY FROM STDIN. * Avoid including conflicting readline and editline header files when both libraries are installed. * Work around gcc bug that causes "floating-point exception" instead of "division by zero" on some platforms. - postgresql-8.4.0-sle10-timestamptz.patch added, and applied _only_ on SLE10. It fixes a build failure due to a test case that seems to be confused by daylight saving time in the time zone that the test expects its result (PDT vs. PST). Since this failure happened only on SLE10, I assume that the test case isn't broken, and some peculiarity on that (rather old now) platform is to blame (possibly too old timezone files). Also, the testcase is checking correctness when converting timezones > 32 bit, which actually seems to work. - replace "ident sameuser" with "ident" as auth method for the initdb call in the init script, because the former doesn't work with PostgreSQL 8.4. With the generated pg_hba.conf, PostgreSQL failed to start. Added note to the upgrade READMEs. [bnc#522375] - New major release: 8.4.0 - Improvements include: * Windowing Functions * Common Table Expressions and Recursive Queries * Default and variadic parameters for functions * Parallel Restore * Column Permissions * Per-database locale settings * Improved hash indexes * Improved join performance for EXISTS and NOT EXISTS queries * Easier-to-use Warm Standby * Automatic sizing of the Free Space Map * Visibility Map (greatly reduces vacuum overhead for slowly-changing tables) * Version-aware psql (backslash commands work against older servers) * Support SSL certificates for user authentication * Per-function runtime statistics * Easy editing of functions in psql * New contrib modules: pg_stat_statements, auto_explain, citext, btree_gin - Remove dependency on local posixrules from horology test. - Security release 8.3.7 * Fixes a vulnerability that allowed remote authenticated users to cause a denial of service (stack consumption) via mismatched encoding conversion requests. * Details of the other bugfixes contained in this and previous releases can be found here: http://www.postgresql.org/docs/8.3/static/release.html /usr/share/doc/packages/postgresql/HISTORY - Users of GiST indexes should "REINDEX" them after installing this update. - Re-added libpgport.a to the devel package, as some apps require it, although it is meant to be internal to the PostgreSQL backend. - Fix removal of leftover files on database startup (bnc#473644). ==== python-PyICU ==== Version update (1.9.2 -> 1.9.7) - Update to 1.9.7 * Remove dependency on deprecated and removed ICU LayoutEngine ==== python-ipaddress ==== Version update (1.0.16 -> 1.0.18) - Use pypi.io as Source url - update to 1.0.18 - add Provides for python2-ipaddress - Update to 1.0.17 ==== python-nose ==== - uninstall alternatives in %postun - use same script for %bindir/nosetests-*, to allow for the usage `%python_exec %{_bindir}/nosetests` - update for multipython build - drop unneeded nose-fix-skip-test-plugin.patch - use fdupes - disable functional_tests/test_coverage_plugin: fails consistently - Update license to "LGPL-2.1+" - Update to version 1.3.7: * Fix loading packages from capitalised package on Windows Patch by Thomas Kluyver - Aligned dependency requirements with PyPI - Dropped nose-drop-timing-dependent-tests.patch because the test is already excluded upstream - Update to version 1.3.6: * Re-release of 1.3.5 with wheels fixed. - Changes from version 1.3.5 * Fix #875: nose doesn't collect tests when subpackage is given as arg * Fix #809: tests not discovered for namespace packages on Windows * Fix #815: "ValueError: unsupported pickle protocol" with --with-id * Wrap the working dir path name in quotes when reporting an error. * Fix #887: Fix a discrepancy in test names between Python 2 and Python 3 * Fix #131: Use os.stat() to check if file is executable * Fix #820 and #719: Fix coverage plugin with multiprocess - Changes from version 1.3.4 * Recognize doctest options defined in other plugins * Another fix for Python 3.4: Call super in LazySuite to access _removed_tests variable * Fix for try_run when using bound methods - update to 1.3.3: - Fixed a minor issue with the reported version number. - update to 1.3.2: - Fixed an issue where build_ext was not working under setup.py nosetest - Fixed #786: generator method fails with callable instance - Fixed a traceback when using string exceptions - Fixed #792: "Not a directory" error when using python setup.py nosetests - Fixed #779: xunit report file is written in --where directory - Fixed #782: Test failures with Python >= 3.3 - Fixed #780: Fix a regression with Python 3 - Fixed #783: try_run is broken with Python 3.4 - Fixed an issue where build_ext was not working under setup.py nosetest - Fixed #786: generator method fails with callable instance - Fixed a traceback when using string exceptions - Fixed #792: "Not a directory" error when using python setup.py nosetests - Fixed #779: xunit report file is written in --where directory - Fixed #782: Test failures with Python >= 3.3 - Fixed #780: Fix a regression with Python 3 - Fixed #783: try_run is broken with Python 3.4 - Add nose-fix-skip-test-plugin.patch - Fix skip test plugin and revert upstream commit - update to 1.3.1: * very long list of bugfixes, see included CHANGELOG for details - Fix update-alternatives usage - Require setuptools instead of now obsolete distribute - Add nose-drop-timing-dependent-tests.patch: Drop several tests that depend on proper timing which creates random fails (includes last commit) - Drop functional_tests/test_multiprocessing/test_concurrent_shared.py, it randomly fails (due to timing checks) - Don't damage entry points - Fix update-alternatives and support upgrade from previous versions - Apply update-alternatives for binaries and man-pages - update to 1.3.0: * very long list of bugfixes, see included CHANGELOG for details - Add nose-1.2.1-plugin-failuredetail-no-tb.patch: Don't fail if traceback is missing - Update to version 1.2.1: + Correct nose.__version__ (#549). Thanks to Chris Withers for the bug report. - Changes from version 1.2.0: + Fixed issue where plugins included with `addplugins` keyword could be overridden by built-in plugins (or third-party plugins registered with setuptools) of the same name (#466). + Adds :option:`--cover-xml` and :option:`--cover-xml-file` (#311). + Adds support for :option:`--cover-branches` (related to #370). + Fixed Unicode issue on Python 3.1 with coverage (#442) + fixed class level fixture handling in multiprocessing plugin + Clue in the ``unittest`` module so it no longer prints traceback frames for our clones of their simple assertion helpers (#453). Patch by Erik Rose. + Stop using the ``assert`` statement in ``ok_`` and ``eq_`` so they work under ``python -O`` (#504). Patch by Erik Rose. + Add loglevel option to logcapture plugin (#493). + Add doctest options flag (#7 from google code tracker). + Add support for using 2to3 with the nosetests setuptools command. + Add --cover-min-percentage flag to force test runs without sufficient coverage to fail (#540). Patch by Domen Ko?ar. + Add travis-ci configuraion (#545). + Call reactor.stop from twisted thread (#301). - Changes from version 1.1.2: + Fixed regression where the .coverage file was not saved (#439). - Testsuite seems to work on SLE_11_SP2, reenable - Symlink nosetests.1 manpage to nosetests-%{py_ver}.1 - Added python 3 documentation package - Fix building python 3 package on openSUSE 11.4 - Add python 3 packages - Disable testsuite on openSUSE-11.4 and less to fix build - Move doc package into seperate spec to break build cycle between python-nose and python-Pygments (pulled in by python-Sphinx) - Simply macro usage - Run testsuite - Needs python-distribute at runtime - Upper-case %description - Disabled testsuite to fix build - Update to 1.1.2: * Fixed regression where the .coverage file was not saved (#439). * Fixed missing nose.sphinx module in source distribution (#436). - Spec file changes: * Depend on python-distribute instead of python-setuptools * Changed license to LGPL-2.0+ (SPDX style) * Properly build and install HTML documentation * Requires python-xml at runtime - update to 1.0.0: + Made nose compatible with python 3. * *Huge** thanks to Alex "foogod" Stewart! - update to 0.11.4 - Made nose compatible with Python 2.7. - Fixed default plugin manager's use of plugin overriding. Thanks to rob.daylife for the bug report and patch. (#323). - Changed plugin loading so that external plugins loaded via extension points can override builtin plugins with the same name. ... for more see CHANGELOG - update to 0.11.1 + Fixed bug in xunit plugin xml escaping. + Fixed bug in xunit plugin that could cause test run to crash after certain types of errors or actions by other plugins. + Fixed bug in testid plugin that could cause test run to crash after certain types of errors or actions by other plugins. + Fixed bug in collect only plugin that caused it to fail when collecting from test generators. + Fixed some broken html in docs. - update to 0.11.1 contains changes from 0.11: + Added multiprocess plugin that allows tests to be run in parallel across multiple processes. + Added logcapture plugin that captures logging messages and prints them with failing tests. + Added optional HTML coverage reports to coverage plugin. + Added plugin that enables collection of tests in all modules. + Added --failed option to testid plugin. When this option is in effect, if any tests failed in the previous test run (so long as testid was active for that test run) only the failed tests will run. + Made it possible to 'yield test' in addition to 'yield test,' from test generators. + Fixed bug that caused traceback inspector to fail when source code file could not be found. + Fixed some issues limiting compatibility with IronPython. + Added support for module and test case fixtures in doctest files. + Added --traverse-namespace commandline option that restores old default behavior of following all package __path__ entries when loading tests from packages. + Added --first-package-wins commandline option to better support testing parts of namespace packages. + Added versioned nosetests scripts (#123). + Fixed bug that would cause context teardown to fail to run in some cases. + Enabled doctest plugin to use variable other than "_" as the default result variable. + Fixed bug that would cause unicode output to crash output capture. + Added setUp and tearDown as valid names for module-level fixtures. + Fixed bug in list of valid names for package-level fixtures. + Updated man page generation using hacked up manpage writer from docutils sandbox. - fix some rpmlint warnings ==== python-vobject ==== Version update (0.9.2 -> 0.9.4.1) - Fix source validation - Update to 0.9.4.1 ==== release-notes-openSUSE ==== Version update (42.3.20170621 -> 42.3.20170704) - 42.3.20170704 - Updated translations - Shorewall package upgraded to 5.1.4.3 - perl-Mojolicious-Plugin-Bootstrap3 replaced by perl-Mojolicious-Plugin-AssetPack ==== vim ==== Subpackages: gvim vim-data - Add CVE-2017-6349.patch to fix a possible overflow bsc#1027057 - Add CVE-2017-6350.patch to fix a possible overflow bsc#1027053 - Add CVE-2017-5953.patch to fix possible overflow with corrupted spell file CVE-2017-5953 bsc#1024724 - Add vim-speedup-yaml.patch to speed up YAML syntax higlighting bsc#1018870 ==== virtualbox ==== Version update (5.1.18_k4.4.72_1 -> 5.1.22_k4.4.73_1) Subpackages: virtualbox-guest-kmp-default virtualbox-guest-tools virtualbox-guest-x11 - add %dir /usr/share/licenses to new vnc package - Made changes to build with gcc 7.x. This adds new file "vbox_fix_for_gcc7.patch". Changed the building of VBoxVNC to remove the hack used earlier. - Make a number of changes: * Add VBoxVNC as a proper external pack rather than just make the so available (bnc #1037033). Thanks to Michal Nowak for most of this effort. One hack was required to work around a bug in "VBoxManage extpack install" whereby the --accept-license option failed to work. * Improve startup of VirtualBox through use of systemd service files: a. Beginning with Oracle version 5.0.8, the command used to build the kernel modules outside of the RPM packaging code changed; however, the openSUSE version did not implement the new method. That new code is now implemented. b. In Tumbleweed, the SysV init scripts to systemd service files stopped working. Part of the new code also checks to see if the kernel modules are loaded. If not, new script files are called to include the necessary packages and build the necessary modules. c. The hooks are in place to remove the sysv init files and do the complete conversion to systemd. This step will be done at a later time. * New files are "vboxconfig.sh", "vboxguestconfig.sh", "vboxdrv.service", and "vboxadd-service.service". * New sub-packages virtualbox-guest-source and virtualbox-vnc are produced. * Some typos in virtualbox.spec are fixed. - Add libelf-devel to build. Fixes bnc #1037511. Modified the startup files to build the kernel modules if they are missing. Files "vboxconfig.sh" and "vboxguestconfig" added. - Version bump to 5.1.22 (released 2017-04-28 by Oracle) This is a maintenance release. The following items were fixed and/or added: VMM: fixed VERR_IEM_INSTR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED Guru Meditation under certain conditions (5.1 regression; mostly Mac OS X hosts; bugs #15693, #15801, #16274, #16569, #16663) VMM: fixed software virtualization on Solaris hosts (5.1.20 regression) Storage: fixed a potential hang under rare circumstances (bug #16677) Storage: fixed a potential crash under rare circumstances (asynchronous I/O disabled or during maintenance file operations like merging snapshots) Linux hosts: make the ALSA backend work again as well as loading the GL libraries on certain hosts (5.1.20 regression; bugs #16667, #16693) Linux Additions: fixed mount.vboxsf symlink problem (5.1.20 regression; bug #16670) - VirtualBox has always been started by systemd utilizing the old-style scripts in /etc/init.d. These should be converted to the service files native to systemd. This issue has been forced as a recent update to Tumbleweed broke the startup of VB for both TW hosts and guests. This change starts the conversion to native systemd files. The original scripts are still used; however, service files are used to start and stop the VB components. In a later change, all action will be accomplished using systemd service files. Two new files named "vboxdrv.service" and "vboxadd-service.service" are added. - Fixes for CVE-2017-3561, CVE-2017-3563, CVE-2017-3576, CVE-2017-3558, CVE-2017-3587 CVE-2017-3559, CVE-2017-3575, CVE-2017-3538, CVE-2017-3513 Version bump to 5.1.20 (released 2017-04-18 by Oracle) This is a maintenance release. The following items were fixed and/or added: GUI: don't check if the Extension Pack is up-to-date if the user is about to install a new Extension Pack (bug #16317) GUI: fixed a possible crash when switching a multi-monitor VM into full-screen or seamless mode GUI: several mini-toolbar fixes in full-screen / seamless mode (X11 hosts only) GUI: don't crash on restoring defaults in the appliance import dialog Windows Additions: another fix for automatic logins for Windows Vista and newer (bug #15904) ICH9: fix for Windows guests with a huge amount (>64G) of guest memory BIOS: fixed El Torito hard disk emulation geometry calculation (thanks Dwight Engen) ==== xfce4-session ==== Subpackages: libxfsm-4_6-0 xfce4-session-lang - Use update-alternatives to create default.desktop xsession (boo#1030873) ==== yast2-kdump ==== Version update (3.2.6 -> 3.2.7) - Crash in AutoYaST clone: Fix for "dup" while getting crash_xen_kernel_values and crash_kernel_values values. (bnc#1045965) - 3.2.7 ==== yast2-network ==== Version update (3.2.28 -> 3.2.29) - bsc#1044982 - handle bad pci class/subclass ids used by Mellanox ConnectX-3 - 3.2.29 ==== yast2-ntp-client ==== Version update (3.2.8 -> 3.2.9) - AutoYaST: Fixed crash in CFA when creating restrict record from scratch (bsc#1045777) - 3.2.9 ==== yast2-trans ==== Version update (84.87.20170618.0f9396fd -> 84.87.20170703.c20fb749) Subpackages: yast2-trans-af yast2-trans-ar yast2-trans-bg yast2-trans-bn yast2-trans-bs yast2-trans-ca yast2-trans-cs yast2-trans-cy yast2-trans-da yast2-trans-de yast2-trans-el yast2-trans-en_GB yast2-trans-en_US yast2-trans-es yast2-trans-et yast2-trans-fa yast2-trans-fi yast2-trans-fr yast2-trans-gl yast2-trans-gu yast2-trans-hi yast2-trans-hr yast2-trans-hu yast2-trans-id yast2-trans-it yast2-trans-ja yast2-trans-jv yast2-trans-ka yast2-trans-km yast2-trans-ko yast2-trans-lo yast2-trans-lt yast2-trans-mk yast2-trans-mr yast2-trans-nb yast2-trans-nl yast2-trans-pa yast2-trans-pl yast2-trans-pt yast2-trans-pt_BR yast2-trans-ro yast2-trans-ru yast2-trans-si yast2-trans-sk yast2-trans-sl yast2-trans-sr yast2-trans-sv yast2-trans-ta yast2-trans-th yast2-trans-tr yast2-trans-uk yast2-trans-vi yast2-trans-wa yast2-trans-xh yast2-trans-zh_CN yast2-trans-zh_TW yast2-trans-zu - Update to version 84.87.20170703.c20fb749: * New POT for text domain 'control'. * New POT for text domain 'installation'. * New POT for text domain 'ntp-client'. * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Chinese (Taiwan)) * Translated using Weblate (Czech) * Translated using Weblate (Danish) * Translated using Weblate (Dutch) * Translated using Weblate (French) * Translated using Weblate (Galician) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Indonesian) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) - Update to version 84.87.20170627.4e7fec5c: * New POT for text domain 'country'. * New POT for text domain 'kdump'. * New POT for text domain 'pkg-bindings'. * New POT for text domain 'qt-pkg'. * New POT for text domain 'registration'. * New POT for text domain 'storage'. * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Chinese (Taiwan)) * Translated using Weblate (Danish) * Translated using Weblate (Dutch) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) - fix translation generator script to fail if po files have failing checks rather than silently continuing without translations (boo#1044028) -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

4 3

[opensuse-factory] ALPM not implemented?
by AW 07 Jul '17

07 Jul '17

Hi, I'm using a notebook with intel gpu. The German website of heise today published an article, which lamented about the missing implementation of an important power saving mechanism called ALPM since _years_, see https://www.heise.de/newsticker/meldung/Kommentar-Linux-scheitert-an-Egozen… (in German), https://www.heise.de/ct/artikel/Die-Neuerungen-von-Linux-4-11-3641334.html, and https://mjg59.dreamwidth.org/42156.html If implemented, my notebook is supposed to run two hours longer on battery. ALPM works for other OS since years. The heise article says, there were a single guy named Matthew who is trying to fix his patches for the kernel, but no one else. Is this true? Can the openSuse community help to develop an ALPM implementation? Many users run openSuse on notebooks. Kind Regards, Alexander -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

3 3

[opensuse-factory] Tumbleweed - Review of the week 2017/27
by Dominique Leuenberger / DimStar 07 Jul '17

07 Jul '17

Dear Tumbleweed users and hackers, Tumbleweed is rolling – just the way we like it. Last week we published 7 snapshots (0629, 0630, 0701, 0702, 0703, 0704 and 0706). I was not performing any check-ins on 0705, as we were busy rebuilding the inner rings for some test setup issues; nothing that impacts your machines, but one of the tests couldn’t cope with our latest, yet long awaited libzypp config But first, let’s see what the last 6 snapshots brought us before we look into the future: * NetworkManager-applet 1.8.2 (to go with the recent update of NetworkManager) * KDE Plasma 5.10.3 * Linux Kernel 4.11.8 * Cups 2.2.3 * KDE Frameworks 5.35.0 The future is bright – the future is green: the upcoming Tumbleweed snapshots will bring you: * libzypp: change the default setting of ‘dupAllowVendorChange’ to false for Tumbleweed installations. Often discussed, often asked for – finally delivered (currently in staging) * Linux Kernel 4.12 * Qt 5.9.1 Enjoy the updates - and the weekend. Cheers, Dominique

1 0

[opensuse-factory] Leap 42.3 status update w27/2017 - final deadline approaching
by Ludwig Nussel 07 Jul '17

07 Jul '17

Hi, Leap 42.3 development is finishing. If you didn't dare to install the new release it yet, please do so before it's really too late. File bug reports¹ for issues you find via bugzilla ASAP. There's basically only next week left to apply fixes! The test plan for manual testing² showed too little coverage especially in the areas of - dual boot with Windows - autoyast - non-english locales - development stacks like rails, salt etc So if you are on 42.3 and can cover those or other areas, please do so and take notes in the plan. Remaining build failures are about to be solved. So far nobody fixed the following packages, so the only choice left is to drop them: - ldapjdk - libatlas3 - qtsharp There will be a full rebuild on the weekend to make sure we are in a consistent state. Next week is left to integrate final bug fixes. *Package submissions after July 16th may not be considered anymore.* As usual, please contact the release team³ if your submission needs attention. cu Ludwig [1] https://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Submitting_bug_reports [2] https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1AGKijKpKiJCB616-bHVoNQuhWHpQLHPWCb3… [3] mailto:opensuse-releaseteam@opensuse.org -- (o_ Ludwig Nussel //\ V_/_ http://www.suse.com/ SUSE Linux GmbH, GF: Felix Imendörffer, Jane Smithard, Graham Norton, HRB 21284 (AG Nürnberg) -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

2 3

[opensuse-factory] TW 20170702: USB Stick mounted as CD
by Axel Braun 07 Jul '17

07 Jul '17

Hi, I ran into an interesting issue with a USB-Stick. It was used a Netinstall Stick for Tumbleweed long time ago, in between it was formatted as VFAT. When I put it in and try to mount, it is recognized as 'openSUSE-Tumbleweed- NET-x86_6400' (although it has a different name): Error mounting /dev/sdb1 at /run/media/docb/openSUSE-Tumbleweed-NET-x86_6400: Command-line `mount -t "iso9660" -o "uhelper=udisks2,nodev,nosuid,uid=1001,gid=100,iocharset=utf8,mode=0400,dmode=0500" "/dev/sdb1" "/run/media/docb/openSUSE-Tumbleweed-NET-x86_6400"' exited with non-zero exit status 32: mount: /run/media/docb/openSUSE-Tumbleweed-NET- x86_6400: Wrong file system type, invalid option, or superblock of /dev/sdb1 is corrupted. I can mount it manually: mount -t "vfat" -o "uhelper=udisks2,nodev,nosuid,uid=1001,gid=100,iocharset=utf8" "/dev/sdb1" "/ mnt" T520:/home/docb # fsck /dev/sdb1 fsck von util-linux 2.30 fsck.fat 4.1 (2017-01-24) /dev/sdb1: 1 files, 0/61743 clusters Parted gives: Model: Generic Flash Disk (scsi) Disk /dev/sdb: 1013MB Sector size (logical/physical): 512B/512B Partition Table: msdos Disk Flags: Number Start End Size Type File system Flags 1 1049kB 1013MB 1012MB primary fat16 type=06 My best guess is that KDE stores the Device ID, and based on this tries to mount it as CD? Any other ideas? Cheers Axel -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

8 18

[opensuse-factory] New Tumbleweed snapshot 20170704 released!
by Dominique Leuenberger 06 Jul '17

06 Jul '17

Please note that this mail was generated by a script. The described changes are computed based on the x86_64 DVD. The full online repo contains too many changes to be listed here. Please check the known defects of this snapshot before upgrading: https://openqa.opensuse.org/tests/overview?distri=opensuse&groupid=1&versio… When you reply to report some issues, make sure to change the subject. It is not helpful to keep the release announcement subject in a thread while discussing a specific problem. Packages changed: ImageMagick (7.0.5.6 -> 7.0.6.0) SDL SDL2 SUSEConnect (0.3.1 -> 0.3.2) adobe-sourcecodepro-fonts (2.010 -> 2.030) bind btrfsprogs cups (2.1.3 -> 2.2.3) cups-filters (1.13.3 -> 1.14.0) dbus-1 (1.10.18 -> 1.10.20) dbus-1-x11 (1.10.18 -> 1.10.20) desktop-file-utils device-mapper dmz-icon-theme-cursors (11.2.0 -> 11.3.0) gcc7 (7.1.1+r248590 -> 7.1.1+r249772) gconf2 installation-images-Kubic (14.319 -> 14.320) installation-images-openSUSE (14.319 -> 14.320) iproute2 (4.9 -> 4.11) kapptemplate (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) kolourpaint (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) libalkimia (4.3.2 -> 5.0.0) libgcrypt (1.7.7 -> 1.7.8) libmwaw libpng16 (1.6.29 -> 1.6.30) libssh2_org libstaroffice libyui-qt-pkg (2.45.12 -> 2.45.13) llvm (4.0.0 -> 4.0.1) llvm4 (4.0.0 -> 4.0.1) lvm2 perl-DBD-mysql (4.042 -> 4.043) perl-File-ShareDir (1.102 -> 1.104) perl-Net-DNS (1.10 -> 1.11) procps python-cffi (1.9.1 -> 1.10.0) python-chardet (2.3.0 -> 3.0.4) python-enum34 python-py (1.4.32 -> 1.4.34) python-pyasn1 python-pywbem (0.7.0 -> 0.10.0) python-requests (2.13.0 -> 2.18.1) python-rpm-macros (2017.05.09.fc237de -> 2017.06.21.6641889) shotwell texlive tracker (1.12.0 -> 1.12.1) tracker-extras (1.12.0 -> 1.12.1) urlscan (0.8.3 -> 0.8.6) virtualbox wine (2.6 -> 2.11) xapian-core (1.4.3 -> 1.4.4) yast2-online-update-configuration (3.1.5 -> 3.1.6) === Details === ==== ImageMagick ==== Version update (7.0.5.6 -> 7.0.6.0) Subpackages: ImageMagick-devel ImageMagick-extra libMagick++-7_Q16HDRI2 libMagickCore-7_Q16HDRI2 libMagickWand-7_Q16HDRI0 perl-PerlMagick - updated to 7.0.6-0 * coders/png.c: Accept exIf chunks whose data segment erroneously begins with "Exif\0\0". * Introduce SetMagickSecurityPolicy() (MagickCore) and MagickSetSecurityPolicy() (MagickWand) to set the ImageMagick security policy (reference https://github.com/ImageMagick/ImageMagick/issues/407). * Removed experimental PNG zxIF chunk support; the proposal is dead. * Fix choppy bitmap font rendering (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=32071). * The +opaque option is not longer a noop (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=32081). * Add support for 'hex:' property. * Transient error validating the JPEG-2000 image format (reference https://github.com/ImageMagick/ImageMagick/issues/501). * Properly allocate DCM image colormap (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.php?f=3&t=32063). * Improper allocation of memory for IM instances without threads (reference https://github.com/ImageMagick/ImageMagick/issues/497). * Delete corrupt image from list (reference https://github.com/ImageMagick/ImageMagick/issues/500). * Support various image operators for the compare utility (reference https://www.imagemagick.org/discourse-server/viewtopic.php?f=2&t=31938). ==== SDL ==== Subpackages: libSDL-1_2-0 libSDL-devel - libspe2 doesn't exist any more ==== SDL2 ==== - libspe2 doesn't exist any more ==== SUSEConnect ==== Version update (0.3.1 -> 0.3.2) - Update to 0.3.2: - Fix --namespace parameter persistence (bsc#1044493) ==== adobe-sourcecodepro-fonts ==== Version update (2.010 -> 2.030) - Update to version 2.030 ( roman fonts ) / 1.050 ( italic fonts ) * Redesigns box drawing shades (issue #57). * Correctly maps forms for phi (U+03C6 and U+03D5) (issue #120) * Zeros widths of fraction characters in frac feature ( issue #121). * Adds TrueType hints to box drawing characters (issue #122). * Adds alternates for l (lowercase L) and 1. (issue #126) * Corrects OpenType feature rules relating to capital figures. (issue #127) * Fixes final names for fi and fl ligatures to f_i and f_l. (issue #128) * Updates TT hinting for Block- and Quadrant glyphs (U+2080 ? U+209F). * Adds manual TT hints to specific Box Drawing Characters for improved horizontal connection. * Updates the design of 1s in all styles for better character recognition. * Removes colored artwork from default forms of glyphs. * Adds IVSes for emoji representation for pictorial glyphs. * Removes NULL (U+0000) and CR (U+000D) glyphs from TrueType fonts. * Gzips SVG table documents. ==== bind ==== Subpackages: bind-chrootenv bind-doc bind-utils idnkit libbind9-140 libdns165 libidnkit1 libirs141 libisc160 libisccc140 libisccfg140 liblwres141 - Run systemctl daemon-reload even when this is not build with systemd support: if installing bind on a systemd service and not reloading systemd daemon, then the service 'named' is not known right after package installation, causing confusion. - Added bind-CVE-2017-3142-and-3143.patch to fix a security issue where an attacker with the ability to send and receive messages to an authoritative DNS server was able to circumvent TSIG authentication of AXFR requests. A server that relies solely on TSIG keys for protection with no other ACL protection could be manipulated into (1) providing an AXFR of a zone to an unauthorized recipient and (2) accepting bogus Notify packets. [bsc#1046554, CVE-2017-3142, bsc#1046555, CVE-2017-3143] ==== btrfsprogs ==== Subpackages: btrfsprogs-udev-rules libbtrfs0 - btrfs-support-pie.patch: remove CFLAGS usage from linker lines, this will allow the default PIE support to work. - update to 4.10.2 * check: lowmem mode fix for false alert about lost backrefs * convert: minor bugfix * library: fix build, misisng symbols, added tests - update to 4.10.1 * receive: handle subvolume in path clone * convert: rollback fixed (rewrite was needed to address previous design issues) * build: fix build of 3rd party tools, missing <linux/sizes.h> * dump-tree: print log trees * other: new and updated tests - update to 4.10 * send: dump output fixes: missing newlies * check: several fixes for the lowmem mode, improved error reporting * build * removed some library deps for binaries that not use them * ctags, cscope * split Makefile to the autotool generated part and the rest, not needed to autogen.sh after adding a file * shared code: sync easy parts with kernel sources * other * lots of cleanups * source file reorganization: convert, mkfs, utils * lots of spelling fixes in docs, other updates * more tests - update to 4.9.1 * check: * use correct inode number for lost+found files * lowmem mode: fix false alert on dropped leaf * size reports: negative numbers might appear in size reports during device deletes (previously in EiB units) * mkfs: print device being trimmed * defrag: v1 ioctl support dropped * quota: print message before starting to wait for rescan * qgroup show: new option to sync before printing the stats * other: * corrupt-block enhancements * backtrace and co. cleanups * doc fixes - update to 4.9 * check: many lowmem mode updates * send: use splice syscall to copy buffer from kernel * receive: new option to dump the stream in textual form * convert: * move sources to own directory * prevent accounting of blocks beyond end of the device * make it work with 64k sectorsize * mkfs: move sources to own directory * defrag: warns if directory used without -r * dev stats: * new option to check stats for non-zero values * add long option for -z * library: version bump to 0.1.2, added subvol_uuid_search2 * other: * cleanups * docs updates - update to 4.8.5 * receive: fix detection of end of stream (error reported even for valid streams) * other: * added test for the receive bug * fix linking of library-test - update to 4.8.4 * check: support for clearing space cache v2 (free-space-tree) * send: * more sanity checks (with tests), cleanups * fix for fstests/btrfs/038 and btrfs/117 failures * build: * fix compilation of standalone ioctl.h, pull NULL definition * fix library link errors introduced in 4.8.3 * tests: * add more fuzzed images from bugzilla * add bogus send stream checks * fixups and enhancements for CI environment builds * misc refinements and updates of testing framework * other: * move sources for btrfs-image to own directory * deprecated and not build by default: btrfs-calc-size, btrfs-show-super * docs updates - update to 4.8.3 * check: * support for clearing space cache (v1) * size reduction of inode backref structure * send: * fix handling of multiple snapshots (-p and -c options) * transfer buffer increased (should reduce number of context switches) * reuse existing file for output (-f), eg. when root cannot create files (NFS) * dump-tree: * print missing items for various structures * new: dev stats, balance status item * sync key names with kernel (the persistent items) * subvol show: now able to print the toplevel subvolume -- the creation time might be wrong though * mkfs: * store the creation time of toplevel root inode * print UUID in the summary * build: travis CI for devel * other: * lots of cleanups and refactoring * switched to on-stack path structure * fixes from coverity, asan, ubsan * new tests * updates in testing infrastructure * fixed convert test 005 - update to 4.8.2 * convert: also convert file attributes * convert: fix wrong tree block alignment for unalianged block group * check: quota verify fixes, handle reloc tree * build: add stub for FIEMAP_EXTENT_SHARED, compiles on ancient kernels * build: add stub for BUILD_ASSERT when ioctl.h is included * dump-tree: don't crash on unrecognized tree id for -t * tests: * add more ioctl tests * convert: more symlink tests, attribute tests * quota verify for reloc tree * other cleanups - Add ability to provide site specific defaults for mkfs (FATE#320615). * Only used for SLES11 defaults. - Added patch mkfs-default-features.patch - update to 4.8.1 * 32bit builds fixed * build without backtrace support fixed - update to 4.8 * error handling improvements all over the place * new fuzzed images, test updates * doc fixups * minor cleanups and improvements * kernel library helpers moved to own directory * qgroup: fix regression leading to incorrect status after check, introduced in 4.7 - update to 4.7.3 * fixed free space tree compat status * check: low-mem mode: handle partially dropped snapshots * dump-super: consolidate options for superblock copy * tree-stats: check mount status * subvol delete: handle verbosity option * defrag: print correct error string * mkfs: fix reading rotational status * other: * UBSAN build option * documentation updates * enhanced tests: convert, fuzzed images, more tools to run on fuzzed images - removed btrfsprogs-only-install-udev-rules-for-udev-190.patch: fix build - update to 4.7.2 * check: * urgent fix: false report of backref mismatches; do not --repair last unaffected version 4.6.1 (code reverted to that state) * fuzzing and fixes * added more sanity checks for various structures * testing images added * build: udev compatibility: do not install .rules on version < 190 * other: * dump-super: do not crash on garbage value in csum_type * minor improvements in messages and help strings * documentation: * filesystem features - Add new btrfsprogs-udev-rules package to contain the udev rules. - Fix packaging for udev rules: - btrfs builtin didn't exist prior to udev v190, so the rules must depend on that version. - Added patch: * btrfsprogs-only-install-udev-rules-for-udev-190.patch - update to 4.7.1 * check: * new optional mode: optimized for low memory usage (memory/io tradeoff) * --mode=lowmem, not default, still considered experimental * does not work with --repair yet * convert: regression fix, ext2_subvol/image rw permissions * mkfs/convert: * two-staged creation, partially created filesystem will not be recognized * improved error handling (fewer BUG_ONs) * convert: preparation for more filesystems to convert from * documentation updates: quota, qgroup * other * message updates * more tests * more build options, enhanced debugging - update to 4.7 * convert: fix creating discontig extents * check: speed up traversing heavily reflinked extents within a file * check: verify qgroups of higher levels * check: repair can now fix wrong qgroup numbers * balance: new option to run in the background * defrag: default extent target size changed to 32MiB * du: silently skip non-btrfs dirs/files * documentation updates: btrfs(5), btrfs(8), balance, subvolume, scrub, filesystem, convert * bugfixes: * unaligned access (reported for sparc64) in raid56 parity calculations * use /bin/bash * other stability fixes and cleanups * more tests - Removed patches: * 0002-btrfs-progs-btrfsck-verify-qgroups-above-level-0.patch * 0003-btrfs-progs-btrfsck-write-corrected-qgroup-info-to-d.patch - update to 4.6.1 * fi resize: negative resize argument accepted again * qgroup rescan: fix skipping when rescan is in progress * mkfs: initialize stripesize to correct value * testsuite updates, mostly convert tests * documentation updates * btrfs-device, btrfs-restore manual pages enhanced * misc fixups - update to 4.6 * convert - major rewrite: * fix a long-standing bug that led to mixing data blocks into metadata block groups * the workaround was to do full balance after conversion, which was recommended practice anyway * explicitly set the lowest supported version of e2fstools to 1.41 * provide and install udev rules file that addresses problems with device mapper devices, renames after removal * send: new option: quiet * dev usage: report slack space (device size minus filesystem area on the dev) * image: support DUP * build: short options to enable debugging builds * other: * code cleanups * build fixes * more tests and other enhancements * Removed patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-free-qgroup-counts-in-btrfsck.patch * 0169-btrfs-progs-udev-add-rules-for-dm-devices.patch * btrfs-progs-no-PKG_CHECK_VAR - btrfsck updates for qgroup verification and repair (fate#318144) * We can now check all qgroup levels * btrfsck will write out corrected qgroups when run with --repair - Added patch: 0001-btrfs-progs-free-qgroup-counts-in-btrfsck.patch - Added patch: 0002-btrfs-progs-btrfsck-verify-qgroups-above-level-0.patch - Added patch: 0003-btrfs-progs-btrfsck-write-corrected-qgroup-info-to-d.patch - update to 4.5.3 * ioctl: fix unaligned access in buffer from TREE_SEARCH; might cause SIGBUS on architectures that do not support unaligned access and do not performa any fixups * improved validation checks of superblock and chunk-related structures * subvolume sync: fix handling of -s option * balance: adjust timing of safety delay countdown with --full-balance * rescue super-recover: fix reversed condition check * check: fix bytes_used accounting * documentation updates: mount options, scrub, send, receive, select-super, check, mkfs * testing: new fuzzed images, for superblock and chunks - fix build failure on 13.1: conditional default for udevdir - fix build failure on SLE11SP4: wrong check in makefile - Add udev rules for dm devices (bsc#912170 bsc#888215) - Added patch: 0169-btrfs-progs-udev-add-rules-for-dm-devices.patch - Added patch: btrfs-progs-no-PKG_CHECK_VAR - update to 4.5.2 * new/moved command: btrfs-calc-stats -> btrfs inspect tree-stats * check: fix false alert for metadata blocks crossing stripe boundary * check: catch when qgroup numbers mismatch * check: detect running quota rescan and report mismatches * balance start: add safety delay before doing a full balance * fi sync: is now silent * fi show: don't miss filesystems with partially matching uuids * dev ready: accept only one argument for device * dev stats: print "devid:N" for a missing device instead of "(null)" * other: * lowest supported version of e2fsprogs is 1.41 * minor cleanups, test updates - Removed patch: 2000-btrfs-full-balance-warning.diff - update to 4.5.1 * mkfs: allow DUP on multidev fs * fix static build - update to 4.5 * new/moved commands * btrfs-show-super -> btrfs inspect-internal dump-super * btrfs-debug-tree -> btrfs inspect-internal dump-tree * new commands * btrfs fi du - calculate disk usage, including shared extents * enhancements * device delete - delete by id (needs kernel support, not merged to 4.6) * check - new option to specify chunk root * debug-tree/dump-tree - option -t understands human readable name of the tree (along numerical ids) * btrfs-debugfs - can dump block group information * bugfixes * all commands should accept the option separator "--" * several fixes in device scan * restore works on filesystems with sectorsize > 4k * debug-tree/dump-tree - print compression type as string * subvol sync: fix crash, memory corruption * argument parsing fixes: subvol get-default, qgroup create/destroy/assign, inspect subvolid-resolve * check for block device or regular file in several commands * other * documentation updates * manual pages for the moved tools now point to btrfs-filesystem * testsuite updates - Removed patch (upstream): 0001-btrfs-progs-libbtrfs-remove-max-min-macros-from-API.patch - Recommend btrfsmaintenance - hide min/max macros clashing with gcc 6 (bnc#966257) (0001-btrfs-progs-libbtrfs-remove-max-min-macros-from-API.patch) - update to 4.4.1 * find-root: don't skip the first chunk * free-space-tree compat bits fix * build: target symlinks * documentation updates * test updates - update to 4.4 * mkfs.btrfs --data dup * support balance filters added/enhanced in linux 4.4 * manual pages enhanced (btrfs, mkfs, mount, filesystem, balance) * 'btrfs filesystem usage' works with mixed blockgroups * build: installation to /usr/local * build: the 'ar' tool is properly deteced during cross-compilation * improved stability on fuzzed/crafted images when reading sys array in superblock * debug-tree: option -t understands ids for tree root and chnuk tree * check: properly reset nlink of multi-linked file * chunk recovery: fix floating point exception * chunk recovery: endianity bugfix during rebuild * mkfs with 64K pages and nodesize reported superblock checksum mismatch - Removed patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-mkfs-use-correct-size-for-superblock-csu.patch * fix-doc-build-on-SLE11SP3.diff - Fix missing dependency on coreutils for initrd macros (boo#958562) - Call missing initrd macro at post / postun (boo#958562) - fix mkfs failure on ppc64 (or with sectorsize > 4k) (bsc#956819) - Added patch: 0001-btrfs-progs-mkfs-use-correct-size-for-superblock-csu.patch - update to 4.3.1 * fixes * device delete: recognize 'missing' again * mkfs: long names are not trimmed when doing ssd check * support partitioned loop devices * other * replace several mallocs with on-stack variables * more memory allocation failure handling * add tests for bugs fixed * cmd-device: switch to new message printing helpers * minor code cleanups - update to 4.3 * mkfs * mixed mode is not forced for filesystems smaller than 1GiB * mixed mode broken with mismatching sectorsize and nodesize, fixed * print version info earlier * print devices sorted by id * do not truncate target image with --rootsize * fi usage: * don't print global block reserve * print device id * minor output tuning * other cleanups * calc-size: * div-by-zero fix on an empty filesystem * fix crash * bugfixes: * more superblock sanity checks * consistently round size of all devices down to sectorsize * misc leak fixes * convert: don't try to rollback with a half-deleted ext2_saved subvolume * other: * check: add progress indicator * scrub: enahced error message * show-super: read superblock from a given offset * add README * docs: update manual page for mkfs.btrfs, btrfstune, balance, convert and inspect-internal * build: optional build with more warnings (W=...) * build: better support for static checkers * build: html output of documentation * pretty-print: last_snapshot for root_item * pretty-print: stripe dev uuid * error reporting wrappers, introduced and example use * refactor open_file_or_dir * other docs and help updates * testing: * test for nodes crossing stripes * test for broken 'subvolume sync' * basic tests for mkfs, raid option combinations * basic tests for fuzzed images (check) * command intrumentation (eg valgrind) * print commands if requested * add README for tests - build btrfsprogs-static package for 13.2 and Factory, package with static versions of the utilities, aimed for rescue environments - update to 4.2.3 - subvol sync: make it actually work again - scanning: do not scan already discovered filesystems (minor optimization) - convert: better error message in case the filesystem is not finalized - restore: off-by-one symlink path check fix - update to 4.2.2 - fi label: use fallback if the label ioctl is not available - convert: check nodesize constraints against commandline features (-O) - scrub: report status 'running' until all devices are finished - device scanning might crash in some scenarios - fi usage: print summary for non-root users - update to 4.2.1 - fix an off-by-one error in cross-stripe boundary check - convert: don't write uninitialized data to image - image: don't loop with option -t0 - image: don't create threads if compression is not requested - Removed patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-fix-cross-stripe-boundary-check.patch - make mkfs work with 64k nodesize again, notably fixes mkfs on ppc64 (bsc#945229) - Added patch: * 0001-btrfs-progs-fix-cross-stripe-boundary-check.patch - version 4.2 * enhancements: * mkfs: do not create extra single chunks on multiple devices * resize: try to guess the minimal size, 'inspect min-dev-size' * qgroup assign: add option to schedule rescan * chunk-recover: be more verbose about the scanning process * fixes: * check: * find stripes crossing stripe boundary -- created by convert * print correct range for file hole when there are no extents and learn how to fix it * replace: more sanity checks * convert: concurrency fixes related to reporting progress * find-root: option -a will not skip the current root anymore * subvol list: fix occasional crash * do not create stripes crossing stripe boundary * build: * fixes for musl libc * preliminary support for android (not working yet, more code changes needed) * new EXTRA_CFLAGS and EXTRA_LDFLAGS * other: * lots of cleanups * tests: lots of updates, new tests, framework improvements * documentation updates * debugging: print-tree shows stripe length - Removed patches (upstreamed): * 2104-get-min-size-for-resize.patch * 2105-move-min-resize-implementation-to-inspec.patch * 2106-inspect-add-command-min-dev-size.patch - add warning before full balance starts (bsc#940467, fate#319317) - Added patches: 2000-btrfs-full-balance-warning.diff - Add feature to get minimum size a filesystem can be resized to (FATE#317897). - Added patches: * 2104-get-min-size-for-resize.patch * 2105-move-min-resize-implementation-to-inspec.patch * 2106-inspect-add-command-min-dev-size.patch - version 4.1.2 - mkfs: bugfix, previous version does not create entierly correct filesystem (has to be recreated) - version 4.1.1 * bugfixes - defrag: threshold overflow fix - fsck: - check if items fit into the leaf space - fix wrong nbytes - mkfs: - create only desired block groups for single device - preparatory work for fix on multiple devices * enhancements - new alias for 'device delete': 'device remove' * other - fix compilation on old gcc (4.3) - documentation updates - debug-tree: print nbytes - test: image for corrupted nbytes - corupt-block: let it kill nbytes - spec: drop libacl dependency - version 4.1 * bugfixes - fsck.btrfs: no bash-isms - bugzilla 97171: invalid memory access (with tests) - receive: - cloning works with --chroot - capabilities not lost - mkfs: do not try to register bare file images - option --help accepted by the standalone utilities * enhancements - corrupt block: ability to remove csums - mkfs: - warn if metadata redundancy is lower than for data - options to make the output quiet (only errors) - mixed case names of raid profiles accepted - rework the output: - more comprehensive, 'key: value' format - subvol: - show: - print received uuid - update the output - new options to specify size units - sync: - grab all deleted ids and print them as they're removed, previous implementation only checked if there are any to be deleted - change in command semantics - scrub: print timestamps in days HMS format - receive: - can specify mount point, do not rely on /proc - can work inside subvolumes - send: - new option to send stream without data (NO_FILE_DATA) - convert: - specify incompat features on the new fs - qgroup: - show: distinguish no limits and 0 limit value - limit: ability to clear the limit - help for 'btrfs' is shorter, 1st level command overview - debug tree: print key names according to their C name * new - rescure zero-log - btrfsune: - rewrite uuid on a filesystem image - new option to turn on NO_HOLES incompat feature * deprecated - standalone btrfs-zero-log * other - testing framework updates - uuid rewrite test - btrfstune feature setting test - zero-log tests - more testing image formats - manual page updates - ioctl.h synced with current kernel uapi version - convert: preparatory works for more filesystems (reiserfs pending) - use static buffers for path handling where possible - add new helpers for send uilts that check memory allocations, switch all users, deprecate old helpers - Makefile: fix build dependency generation - map-logical: make it work again - Install bash completion for btrfs. - version 4.0 * resize: * don't accept file as an argument (it's confusing) * print better error message in case of an error * restore: optionally restore metadata (time, mode, uid/gid) * receive: optionally enforce chroot * new rescue subcommand 'zero-log', same as btrfs-zero-log, but now also part of the main utility * check: * free space checks match kernel, fixes incorrect reports * convert: fix setting of checksum bit if --no-datasum is used * fsck.btrfs: don't print messages * fix quota rescan on PPC64 (mangled ioctl number) * test updates * documentation: files renamed to .asciidoc, misc fixups - version 3.19.1 - convert: - new option to specify metadata block size - --no-progress actually works - restore: properly handle the page boundary corner case - build fixes: - missing macro from public header, BTRFS_BUILD_VERSION - wrong handling of --enable-convert - fi usage: reports correct space for degraded mounts - other: - mkfs: help string updates - completion: added 'usage' subcommands - cleanups in qgroup code, preparatory work - version 3.19 - btrfs-image - restore can now run in parallel threads - fixed restore of multiple image from multiple devices onto a single dev - introduced metadump v2 - check - make --init-csum-tree and --init-extent-tree work together - find-new - option to search through all metadata even if a root was already found - convert - show progress by default, can be turned off - corrupt-block - option to work on a specific root - bash completion script for all subcommands - spec: convert to autotools Removed patch 0169-btrfs-progs-Check-metadata-mirrors-in-find-root.patch - add COPYING - version 3.18.2 * qgroup show: print human readable sizes, options to say otherwise * check: new option to explicitly say no to writes * mkfs: message about trimming is not printed to stderr * fi show: fixed return value * tests: new infrastructure * btrfstune: force flag can be used together with seeding option * backtrace support is back * getopt cleanups * doc and help updates - version 3.18.1 - minor fixes - documentation updates - version 3.18 - mkfs - skinny-metadata feature is now on by default, first introduced in kernel 3.10 - filesystem usage - give an overview of fs usage in a way that's more comprehensible than existing 'fi df' - device usage - more detailed information about per-device allocations - check: - option to set a different tree root byte number - ability to link lost files to lost+found, caused by a recent kernel bug - repair of severely corrupted fs (use with care) - convert - option to show progress - subvol create - print the commit mode inline, print the global mode only if --verbose - other updates: musl-libc support, coverity bugfixes, new test images, documentation - Removed patches (upstreamed): * 0010-btrfs-progs-move-group-type-and-profile-pretty-print.patch * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0013-btrfs-progs-Add-command-btrfs-filesystem-disk-usage.patch * 0014-btrfs-progs-Add-btrfs-device-disk-usage-command.patch * 0015-btrfs-progs-cleanup-dead-return-after-usage-for-fi-d.patch * 0016-btrfs-progs-Fix-memleak-in-get_raid56_used.patch * 0017-Btrfs-progs-fi-usage-free-memory-if-realloc-fails.patch * 0019-btrfs-progs-add-original-df-and-rename-disk_usage-to.patch * 0020-btrfs-progs-move-device-usage-to-cmds-device-more-cl.patch * 0021-btrfs-progs-check-if-we-can-t-get-info-from-ioctls-d.patch * 0022-btrfs-progs-zero-out-structures-before-calling-ioctl.patch * 0024-btrfs-progs-Print-more-info-about-device-sizes.patch * 0025-btrfs-progs-compare-unallocated-space-against-the-co.patch * 0026-btrfs-progs-add-section-of-overall-filesystem-usage.patch * 0027-btrfs-progs-cleanup-filesystem-device-usage-code.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-rework-calculations-of-fi-usage.patch * 0029-btrfs-progs-replace-df_pretty_sizes-with-pretty_size.patch * 0030-btrfs-progs-clean-up-return-codes-and-paths.patch * 0031-btrfs-progs-move-global-reserve-to-overall-summary.patch - version 3.17.3 - convert: fix conversion of sparse ext* filesystems - show: resolve to the correct path - fsck: more verbose error for root dir problems - version 3.17.2 - check improvements - add ability to replace missing dir item/dir indexes - fix missing inode items - create missing root dirid - corrupt block: enhancements for testing fsck - zero-log: able to reset a fs with bogus log tree pointer (bko#72151) - package mkinitrd scripts conditionally (bsc#893577) - spec: minor updates - version 3.17.1 - fi df: argument handling - fix linking with libbtrfs - replace: better error reporting - fi show: fixed stall if run concurrently with balance - check: fixed argument parsing for --subvol-extents - fi df: SI prefixes corrected - Added patches: * fix-doc-build-on-SLE11SP3.diff - Removed patches: * 0042-btrfs-progs-fix-linking-with-libbtrfs.patch * 0043-btrfs-progs-libbtrfs-make-exported-headers-compatibl.patch - Modified patches: * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0019-btrfs-progs-add-original-df-and-rename-disk_usage-to.patch - version 3.17 - check: --init-csum-tree acutally does something useful, rebuilds the whole csum tree - /dev scanning for btrfs devices is gone - /proc/partitions scanning is gone, blkid is used exclusively - new subcommand subvolume sync - filesystem df: new options to set unit format - convert: allow to copy label from the origin, or specify a new one - Modified patches: * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0013-btrfs-progs-Add-command-btrfs-filesystem-disk-usage.patch * 0014-btrfs-progs-Add-btrfs-device-disk-usage-command.patch * 0015-btrfs-progs-cleanup-dead-return-after-usage-for-fi-d.patch * 0016-btrfs-progs-Fix-memleak-in-get_raid56_used.patch * 0017-Btrfs-progs-fi-usage-free-memory-if-realloc-fails.patch * 0019-btrfs-progs-add-original-df-and-rename-disk_usage-to.patch * 0020-btrfs-progs-move-device-usage-to-cmds-device-more-cl.patch * 0021-btrfs-progs-check-if-we-can-t-get-info-from-ioctls-d.patch * 0022-btrfs-progs-zero-out-structures-before-calling-ioctl.patch * 0024-btrfs-progs-Print-more-info-about-device-sizes.patch * 0025-btrfs-progs-compare-unallocated-space-against-the-co.patch * 0026-btrfs-progs-add-section-of-overall-filesystem-usage.patch * 0027-btrfs-progs-cleanup-filesystem-device-usage-code.patch * 0029-btrfs-progs-replace-df_pretty_sizes-with-pretty_size.patch * 0030-btrfs-progs-clean-up-return-codes-and-paths.patch * 0031-btrfs-progs-move-global-reserve-to-overall-summary.patch - Added patches: * 0010-btrfs-progs-move-group-type-and-profile-pretty-print.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-rework-calculations-of-fi-usage.patch * 0042-btrfs-progs-fix-linking-with-libbtrfs.patch * 0043-btrfs-progs-libbtrfs-make-exported-headers-compatibl.patch - Removed patches: * 0006-Btrfs-progs-fsck-clear-out-log-tree-in-repair-mode.patch * 0007-Btrfs-progs-fsck-avoid-pinning-same-block-several-ti.patch * 0008-Btrfs-progs-fsck-add-ability-to-check-reloc-roots.patch * 0018-btrfs-progs-read-global-reserve-size-from-space-info.patch * 0023-btrfs-progs-print-B-for-bytes.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-extend-pretty-printers-with-unit-mode.patch * 0164-btrfs-progs-convert-set-label-or-copy-from-origin.patch * 0171-btrfs-progs-make-free-space-checker-work-on-non-4k-s.patch - version 3.16.2 - fsck: handle bad extent mapping - image: make it work on a balanced fs - btrfs-show-super: print flags in human readable way - documentation updates - version 3.16.1 - library version defines - subvol list: -R to print received UUID - fixed detection of multiple mounts on the same directory - restore: misc fixes - other fixes - Modified patches (sync with pending upstream versions): * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0013-btrfs-progs-Add-command-btrfs-filesystem-disk-usage.patch * 0018-btrfs-progs-read-global-reserve-size-from-space-info.patch * 0020-btrfs-progs-move-device-usage-to-cmds-device-more-cl.patch * 0024-btrfs-progs-Print-more-info-about-device-sizes.patch * 0025-btrfs-progs-compare-unallocated-space-against-the-co.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-extend-pretty-printers-with-unit-mode.patch * 0029-btrfs-progs-replace-df_pretty_sizes-with-pretty_size.patch - Removed patch: library-version-defines.patch (upstream) - send-stream API users updatd, drop the workaround - Removed patch: send-stream-api-wokaround.patch - workaround for send api breakage - Added patch: send-stream-api-wokaround.patch - add api versioning and package version.h (now 0.1.1) - Added patches: * library-version-defines.patch - version 3.16 - show-super: skip unrecognized sb, add option to force - debug-tree: print tree by id - mkfs: new option to specify UUID - receive: new option to limit number of errors - check: new option to verify quotas - check: reduced memory requirements - check: new option to print extent sharing - restore: check length before decompression - restore: more error handling - balance: new filter 'limit' - recover: allow to read all sb copies - restore: option to loop during restoring - mkfs: drop experimental notice - btrfstune: new option to force dangerous changes - documentation updates - Deleted patches (upstream): * 0001-btrfs-progs-doc-fix-symlink-target-for-btrfsck.8.patch * 0200-btrfs-progs-print-qgroup-excl-as-unsigned.patch * 0201-btrfs-progs-import-ulist.patch * 0202-btrfs-progs-add-quota-group-verify-code.patch * 0203-btrfs-progs-show-extent-state-for-a-subvolume.patch * 0204-btrfs-progs-ignore-orphaned-qgroups-by-default.patch * btrfs-progs-canonicalize-pathnames-for-device-commands - Refreshed patches: * 0006-Btrfs-progs-fsck-clear-out-log-tree-in-repair-mode.patch * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0013-btrfs-progs-Add-command-btrfs-filesystem-disk-usage.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-extend-pretty-printers-with-unit-mode.patch * 0164-btrfs-progs-convert-set-label-or-copy-from-origin.patch - refresh references on the following patches: * 0200-btrfs-progs-print-qgroup-excl-as-unsigned.patch * 0201-btrfs-progs-import-ulist.patch * 0202-btrfs-progs-add-quota-group-verify-code.patch * 0203-btrfs-progs-show-extent-state-for-a-subvolume.patch - btrfs-progs: ignore orphaned qgroups by default - Added patch: * 0204-btrfs-progs-ignore-orphaned-qgroups-by-default.patch - btrfs-progs: show extent state for a subvolume (bnc#865621) - Added patch: * 0203-btrfs-progs-show-extent-state-for-a-subvolume.patch - btrfs-progs: canonicalize pathnames for device commands (bnc#880486). - Added patch: * btrfs-progs-canonicalize-pathnames-for-device-commands - fsck: fix checking on filesystems with large sectorsize (bnc#872286) - Added patches: * 0171-btrfs-progs-make-free-space-checker-work-on-non-4k-s.patch - Do not package btrfs-find-root and btrfs-select-super by default. - Removed printing byte number for every slot (bnc#872364). - Removed patch: * 0170-btrfs-progs-In-find-root-dump-bytenr-for-every-slot.patch - update to upstream 3.14.2 - man: separate pages for all subcommands - minor bugfixes - spec: removed upstreamed patches, update build dependencies - Added patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-doc-fix-symlink-target-for-btrfsck.8.patch - Removed patches: * 0001-Btrfs-progs-fix-check-to-test-trim-support.patch * 0002-Btrfs-progs-fsck-fix-double-free-memory-crash.patch * 0003-Btrfs-progs-mkfs-Remove-zero_end-1-since-it-has-been.patch * 0004-btrfs-progs-fix-wrong-max-system-array-size-check-in.patch * 0005-btrfs-progs-move-arg_strtou64-to-a-separate-file-for.patch * 0009-btrfs-progs-prevent-close_root-if-the-root-to-close-.patch * 0010-btrfs-progs-fix-mkfs.btrfs-segfault-with-features-op.patch - add quota group verify patches, sent to list near end of the week starting 5/4/2014 - updates btrfsck with the ability to verify quota groups - Update the changelog with some sad version of diffstat output to meet requirements. - Added patches: * 0200-btrfs-progs-print-qgroup-excl-as-unsigned.patch * 0201-btrfs-progs-import-ulist.patch * 0202-btrfs-progs-add-quota-group-verify-code.patch - add quota group verify patches, sent to list near end of the week starting 5/4/2014 - updates btrfsck with the ability to verify quota groups - update to upstream 3.14.1 - mkfs: - fix TRIM detection - do not zero-out end of device unconditionally - no crash with --features option - fsck: - clear log tree in repair mode - check reloc roots - btrfs - reworked space reporting (bnc#873106) - btrfs fi usage - new command - btrfs dev usage - new command - btrfs fi df - enhanced output with GlobalReserve - Removed patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-move-arg_strtou64-to-a-separate-file-for.patch - Added patches: * 0001-Btrfs-progs-fix-check-to-test-trim-support.patch * 0002-Btrfs-progs-fsck-fix-double-free-memory-crash.patch * 0003-Btrfs-progs-mkfs-Remove-zero_end-1-since-it-has-been.patch * 0004-btrfs-progs-fix-wrong-max-system-array-size-check-in.patch * 0005-btrfs-progs-move-arg_strtou64-to-a-separate-file-for.patch * 0006-Btrfs-progs-fsck-clear-out-log-tree-in-repair-mode.patch * 0007-Btrfs-progs-fsck-avoid-pinning-same-block-several-ti.patch * 0008-Btrfs-progs-fsck-add-ability-to-check-reloc-roots.patch * 0009-btrfs-progs-prevent-close_root-if-the-root-to-close-.patch * 0010-btrfs-progs-fix-mkfs.btrfs-segfault-with-features-op.patch * 0011-btrfs-progs-Enhance-the-command-btrfs-filesystem-df.patch * 0012-btrfs-progs-Add-helpers-functions-to-handle-the-prin.patch * 0013-btrfs-progs-Add-command-btrfs-filesystem-disk-usage.patch * 0014-btrfs-progs-Add-btrfs-device-disk-usage-command.patch * 0015-btrfs-progs-cleanup-dead-return-after-usage-for-fi-d.patch * 0016-btrfs-progs-Fix-memleak-in-get_raid56_used.patch * 0017-Btrfs-progs-fi-usage-free-memory-if-realloc-fails.patch * 0018-btrfs-progs-read-global-reserve-size-from-space-info.patch * 0019-btrfs-progs-add-original-df-and-rename-disk_usage-to.patch * 0020-btrfs-progs-move-device-usage-to-cmds-device-more-cl.patch * 0021-btrfs-progs-check-if-we-can-t-get-info-from-ioctls-d.patch * 0022-btrfs-progs-zero-out-structures-before-calling-ioctl.patch * 0023-btrfs-progs-print-B-for-bytes.patch * 0024-btrfs-progs-Print-more-info-about-device-sizes.patch * 0025-btrfs-progs-compare-unallocated-space-against-the-co.patch * 0026-btrfs-progs-add-section-of-overall-filesystem-usage.patch * 0027-btrfs-progs-cleanup-filesystem-device-usage-code.patch * 0028-btrfs-progs-extend-pretty-printers-with-unit-mode.patch * 0029-btrfs-progs-replace-df_pretty_sizes-with-pretty_size.patch * 0030-btrfs-progs-clean-up-return-codes-and-paths.patch * 0031-btrfs-progs-move-global-reserve-to-overall-summary.patch - own mkinitrd directories - add missing symbol to library (bnc#873164) - add version dependency for devel package - Added patches: * 0001-btrfs-progs-move-arg_strtou64-to-a-separate-file-for.patch - fsck: fixes and enahancements to --init-extent-tree mode - fsck: chunk-recover updates - scrub: add force option -f - send: check if subvolumes are read-only - subvol snapshot: add options to affect commit behaviour - btrfs: add properties command group - restore: add dry-run option - restore: fix restoring of compressed files - mkfs: support for no-holes feature - mkfs: option -r deals with hardlinks and relative paths - mkfs: discard phase is interruptible - documentation updates - cleaned spec file - Removed patches: * 0162-btrfs-progs-fix-loop-device-mount-checks.patch * 0165-Revert-btrfs-progs-update-options-in-find-root.c.patch * 0166-Btrfs-progs-add-some-verbose-output-to-find-root.patch - bump version to 3.12 - update tarball and remove upstreamed patches - fsck, image, restore: various improvements and fixes - btrfs: quota rescan (fate#312751) - fsck updates - more mkfs sanity checks - qgroup rescan wait - Added patches: * 0050-Btrfs-progs-commit-the-csum_root-if-we-do-init-csum-.patch * 0051-btrfs-progs-Fix-getopt-on-arm-ppc-platforms.patch * 0052-btrfs-progs-fix-duplicate-__-su-typedefs-on-ppc64.patch * 0053-btrfs-progs-use-reentrant-localtime.patch * 0054-btrfs-progs-don-t-have-to-report-ENOMEDIUM-error-dur.patch * 0055-Btrfs-progs-added-btrfs-quota-rescan-w-switch-wait.patch * 0056-btrfs-progs-fix-qgroup-realloc-inheritance.patch * 0057-Btrfs-progs-fix-restore-command-leaving-corrupted-fi.patch * 0058-btrfs-progs-avoid-write-to-the-disk-before-sure-to-c.patch * 0059-btrfs-progs-error-if-device-for-mkfs-is-too-small.patch * 0060-btrfs-progs-error-if-device-have-no-space-to-make-pr.patch * 0061-btrfs-progs-calculate-available-blocks-on-device-pro.patch * 0062-Btrfs-progs-keep-track-of-transid-failures-and-fix-t.patch - Change udev rule filename in setup-btrfs.sh to /usr/lib/udev/rules.d/64-btrfs.rules from from /usr/lib/udev/rules.d/80-btrfs.rules (bnc#839960 comment#7) - Remove udev rules file - udev packages one itself (bnc#839960). - update to upstream master (194aa4a1) - btrfs-restore: deal with NULL returns from read_node_slot - btrfs-restore: use the correct leafsize when reading the FS location - btrfs-find-root: Add options to control generation and level - btrfsck: fix incorrect casting on items in the corrupt_blocks tree - Btrfs-progs: fix closing of devices - Btrfs-progs: enhance btrfs-image to restore image onto multiple disks - Btrfs-progs: cleanup btrfs-image usage - Btrfs-progs: delete fs_devices itself from fs_uuid list before freeing - Btrfs-progs: skip open devices which is missing - Btrfs-progs: fix misuse of skinny metadata in btrfs-image - Btrfs-progs: recover raid0/raid10/raid5/raid6 metadata chunk - Btrfs-progs: Add chunk rebuild function for RAID1/SINGLE/DUP - Btrfs-progs: introduce list_{first, next}_entry/list_splice_tail{_init} - Btrfs-progs: Add chunk recover function - using old chunk items - Btrfs-progs: Add block group check funtion - Btrfs-progs: extend the extent cache for the device extent - Btrfs-progs: use rb-tree instead of extent cache tree for fs/file roots - Btrfs-progs: introduce common insert/search/delete functions for rb-tree - Btrfs-progs: cleanup similar code in open_ctree_* and close_ctree - Btrfs-progs: Don't free the devices when close the ctree - Btrfs-progs: don't close the file descriptor 0 when closing a device - Btrfs-progs: fix missing recow roots when making btrfs filesystem - Add fix for passing super_nr while opening ctree - btrfs-progs-mkfs-default-extref.diff: turn on extended refs by default, (aka hardlink count limtitation) (bnc#835695) - added 0040-btrfs-progs-fix-loop-device-mount-checks.patch: fix loop mount detection again (bnc#834173) - Simplify checks in mkinitrd scripts. They are always true because they come from the same package Use relative paths to binaries - Move udev rules to /usr. - Adjust rules to call binary from /usr - Simplify fsck.btrfs, its just a dummy until fixed - update to upstream master (f00dd8386a57d241d0f7c) - Make requirement on libattr-devel explicit - initrd support: add module (bnc#750185, bnc#727383) - set correct file mode if writing replacement fsck - fix build failure - add btrfs-debug-tree to initrd - adjust fs size to correct size (bnc#744593) - man page documentation updates - do not package obsolete utilities - mkfs: store correct size of device in superblock (bnc#730103) - updated restriper/balance commands to match kernel version - place binaries in /usr tree (UsrMerge project) - adjust mkinitrd scrippt accordingly - add btrfsck repair options for: - rebuild extent records - fix block group accounting - reset csums for rescue nodatasum mount - prune corrupt extent allocation tree blocks - device scanning fixes for dm and multipath (bnc#749540) - initrd support: move btrfs device scan after block device setup - documentation updates - add csize for file commpressed size - updated restore utility - patch license to follow spdx.org standard - btrfs-progs-fix-open_ctree_usage_segfaults.patch: fix segfaults from bnc#710486 due to unchecked usage of return value of open_ctree() [fixed compilation warnings] - pull upstream, replace existing patches, spec update - update 'restore' utility - lzo support - tools may now take earlies superblock when opening the fs - other fixes - pull integration-20111030 branch - mkfs: force mkfs if desired - other fixes - add btrfs-dump-super to mkinitrd - other fixes - skip non-existent devices or without media - documentation updates - scrubbing single device - graceful error handling when opening fs fails - updated mkinitrd script to scan devices before mount (bnc#727383) - add several tools to mkinitrd if root fs is btrfs - pull upstream branch and delete local patches - btrfsck: ignore -a (bnc#655906) - btrfsck: fix strerror value - Remove redundant tags/sections from specfile - Use %_smp_mflags for parallel build - add patch for local version override as we do not build from git, and avoid doubled "Btrfs" in output of 'btrfs' - reorder help for 'get-default' right after 'set-default' - add option -p to print parent subvolume - add subvolume 'get-default' subsubcommand - remove debugging printf from 0001-Btrfs-progs-add-a-btrfs-select-super-command-to-over.patch - add support for currently available kernel features: - add scrub subcommand - scan /proc/partitions by default (or use --all-devices for all) - mkfs fixes and improvements - documentation fixes - fix failing on deleted loop mounts (bnc#697671) - update from git: - add btrfs-select-super utility - add btrfs-label utility - allow mixed data+metadata (option --mixed) - allow populating new filesystem with files (option --rootdir) - allow discard support in mkfs - lzo support - deprecate 'btrfsctl' 'btrfs-vol' 'btrfs-show' - other bugfixes and documentation improvements - change to a hardlink - add link for fsck.btrfs (bnc#665899) - update to v0.19-35-g1b444cd: * used space accounting fix for the converter * Add btrfs-list for listing subvolumes * Add new util: 'btrfs' * multidevice support for check_mounted * check slash in deleting subvolumes * Add btrfsck option to select the super block copy * btrfs-debug-tree: add -d option to print only the device mapping - fix crash on creating filesystems (bnc#603620) - revert last change (bnc#599224#c3) - add hardlink from fsck.btrfs (bnc#599224) - fix memory leak (bnc#537633) - Updated to latest repo version. - used space accounting fix for the converter - btrfsctl: add snapshot/subvolume destroy ioctl - btrfsck: check root back/forward references - Add btrfs-map-logical program to map and read logical block numbers - build btfs-convert (bnc#572912) - enable parallel build - added Supplements - move apps to /sbin - update to 0.19: - build with rpm optflags - install man pages - fix leak in extends checking (bnc#523447) ==== cups ==== Version update (2.1.3 -> 2.2.3) Subpackages: cups-client cups-devel cups-libs cups-libs-32bit - In /usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/cups.conf use group 'root' for /run/cups/certs (boo#1042916). - Major backward incompatible change since CUPS 2.2.0: There is no longer the directory /etc/cups/interfaces because since CUPS 2.2.0 so called "System V style Interface Scripts" are no longer supported for security reasons (see below the entry about the changes included in CUPS 2.2.0). - Disabled cups-2.1.0-cups-systemd-socket.patch because it does no longer apply which needs to be examined and decided by someone who knows about systemd internals. - Disabled 0001-Update-cupsEnumDests-implementation-to-return-early-if-all.patch 0002-Save-work-on-Avahi-code.patch 0003-Avahi-fixes-for-cupsEnumDests.patch because they do no longer apply which needs to be examined and decided by someone who knows about Avahi internals. - Version upgrade to 2.2.3: CUPS 2.2.3 is a general bug fix release. See https://github.com/apple/cups/releases Changes include: * The IPP backend could get into an infinite loop for certain errors, causing a hung queue (rdar://problem/28008717) * The scheduler could pause responding to client requests in order to save state changes to disk (rdar://problem/28690656) * Added support for PPD finishing keywords (Issue #4960, Issue #4961, Issue #4962) * The IPP backend did not send a media-col attribute for just the source or type (Issue #4963) * IPP Everywhere print queues did not always support all print qualities supported by the printer (Issue #4953) * IPP Everywhere print queues did not always support all media types supported by the printer (Issue #4953) * The IPP Everywhere PPD generator did not return useful error messages (Issue #4954) * The IPP Everywhere finishings support did not work correctly with common UI or command-line options (Issue #4976) * Fixed an error handling issue for the network backends (Issue #4979) * The "reprint job" option was not available for some canceled jobs (Issue #4915) * Updated the job listing in the web interface (Issue #4978) A detailed list of changes can be found in the CHANGES.txt file. - Version upgrade to 2.2.2: CUPS 2.2.2 is a general bug fix release. See https://github.com/apple/cups/releases Changes include: * Fixed some issues with IPP Everywhere printer support (Issue #4893, Issue #4909, Issue #4916, Issue #4921, Issue #4923, Issue #4932, Issue #4933, Issue #4938) * The rastertopwg filter could crash with certain input (Issue #4942) * The scheduler did not detect when an encrypted connection was closed by the client on Linux (Issue #4901) * The cups-lpd program did not catch all legacy usage of ISO-8859-1 (Issue #4899) * The scheduler no longer creates log files on startup (<rdar://problem/28332470>) * The ippContainsString function now uses case-insensitive comparisons for mimeMediaType, name, and text values in conformance with RFC 2911. * The network backends now log the addresses that were found for a printer (<rdar://problem/29268474>) * Let's Encrypt certificates did not work when the hostname contained uppercase letters (Issue #4919) * Fixed reporting of printed pages in the web interface (Issue #4924) * Updated systemd config files (Issue #4935) A detailed list of changes can be found in the CHANGES.txt file. - Version upgrade to 2.2.1: CUPS 2.2.1 is a general bug fix release. See https://github.com/apple/cups/releases Changes include: * Added "CreateSelfSignedCerts" directive for cups-files.conf to control whether the scheduler automatically creates its own self-signed X.509 certificates for TLS connections (Issue #4876) * http*Connect did not handle partial failures (Issue #4870) * cupsHashData did not use the correct hashing algorithm (<rdar://problem/28209220>) * Updated man pages (PR #4885) A detailed list of changes can be found in the CHANGES.txt file. - Version upgrade to 2.2.0: CUPS 2.2.0 adds support for local IPP Everywhere print queues and includes several performance and security improvements. See https://github.com/apple/cups/releases Changes include: * Normalized the TLS certificate validation code and added additional error messages to aid troubleshooting. * http*Connect did not work on Linux when cupsd was not running (Issue #4870) * The --no-remote-any option of cupsctl had no effect (Issue #4866) * http*Connect did not return early when all addresses failed (Issue #4870) * The IPP backend did not validate TLS credentials properly. * The printer-state-message attribute was not cleared after a print job with no errors (Issue #4851) * The CUPS-Add-Modify-Class and CUPS-Add-Modify-Printer operations did not always return an error for failed adds (Issue #4854) * PPD files with names longer than 127 bytes did not work (Issue #4860) * CUPS now supports Let's Encrypt certificates on Linux. * All CUPS commands now support POSIX options (Issue #4813) * The scheduler now restarts faster (Issue #4760) * Improved performance of web interface with large numbers of jobs (Issue #3819) * Encrypted printing can now be limited to only trusted printers and servers (<rdar://problem/25711658>) * The scheduler now advertises PWG Raster attributes for IPP Everywhere clients (Issue #4428) * The scheduler now logs informational messages for jobs at LogLevel "info" (Issue #4815) * The scheduler now uses the getgrouplist function when available (Issue #4611) * The IPP backend no longer enables compression by default except for certain raster formats that generally benefit from it (<rdar://problem/25166952>) * The scheduler did not handle out-of-disk situations gracefully (Issue #4742) * The LPD mini-daemon now detects invalid UTF-8 sequences in job, document, and user names (Issue #4748) * The IPP backend now continues on to the next job when the remote server/printer puts the job on hold (<rdar://problem/24858548>) * The scheduler did not cancel multi-document jobs immediately (<rdar://problem/24854834>) * The scheduler did not return non-shared printers to local clients unless they connected to the domain socket (<rdar://problem/24566996>) * The scheduler now reads the spool directory if one or more job cache entries point to deleted jobs (<rdar://problem/24048846>) * Added support for disc media sizes (<rdar://problem/20219536>) * The httpAddrConnect and httpConnect* APIs now try connecting to multiple addresses in parallel (<rdar://problem/20643153>) * Interface scripts are no longer supported for security reasons (<rdar://problem/23135640>) A detailed list of changes can be found in the CHANGES.txt file. - Version upgrade to 2.1.4: CUPS 2.1.4 is a general bug fix release. See https://github.com/apple/cups/releases Changes include: * Fixed reporting of 1284 Device IDs (Issue #3835, PR #3836) * Fixed printing of multiple files to raw queues (Issue #4782) * The scheduler did not implement the Hold-New-Jobs opertion correctly (Issue #4767) * The cups-lpd mini-daemon incorrectly included the document-name attribute when creating a job. It should only be included when sending a job (Issue #4790) A detailed list of changes can be found in the CHANGES.txt file. ==== cups-filters ==== Version update (1.13.3 -> 1.14.0) - The filter for Apple Raster input is rastertopdf for CUPS 2.2.2+ and urftopdf for older CUPS. Because Factory/Tumbleweed uses the newest CUPS for build (which is currently CUPS 2.2.3 as of this writing) the filter for Apple Raster input is rastertopdf for Factory/Tumbleweed so that /usr/lib/cups/filter/urftopdf must be excluded from the RPM files list for Factory/Tumbleweed. - The RPM scriptlet hack that created a special cupsfilters.convs so that the gstoraster filter can be used with CUPS <= 1.5.4 does no longer make sense and is therefore removed. - Since version 1.14.0 there are no longer sub-packages (except cups-filters-devel) because nowadays cups-filters can no longer be built with CUPS < 1.6 with reasonable effort, see the entry below dated "Wed Oct 7 11:16:13 CEST 2015". On systems with CUPS >= 1.6 (i.e. since SLE12 GA / Leap 42.1) there is no good reason to keep cups-filters split into sub-packages and furthermore that split causes continuous (nowadays useless) efforts and bugs (like boo#1034877). - Version upgrade to 1.14.0: Some excerpts (for details see the NEWS file): * cups-browsed: Added new setting "LocalOnly" for the CreateIPPPrinterQueues in cups-browsed.conf. - Version upgrade to 1.13.5: Some excerpts (for details see the NEWS file): * foomatic-rip: When called via cupsfilter, foomatic-rip was not able to read the PPD file with (Bug #1388). * cups-browsed: When creating a local queue for a remote CUPS printer, add the line '*APRemoteQueueID: ""' to the PPD file so that CUPS sets the CUPS_PRINTER_REMOTE bit for the printer type of the local queue (Bug #1386). - fallback_read_ppd_file_from_environment.patch is no longer needed because it is now provided in the upstream sources (see the "Bug #1388" entry above). - Version upgrade to 1.13.4: Some excerpts (for details see the NEWS file): * cups-browsed: Corrected determination whether an IPP status is an error, to avoid "Unable to create/modify CUPS queue (Success)" and infinite repetition of a succeeded operation (Debian bug #852436). ==== dbus-1 ==== Version update (1.10.18 -> 1.10.20) Subpackages: dbus-1-devel libdbus-1-3 libdbus-1-3-32bit - Update to 1.10.20 * Fixes: + Fix a reference leak when blocking on a pending call on a connection that has been disconnected (fdo#101481, Shin-ichi MORITA) + Don't put timestamps in the Doxygen-generated documentation, for closer-to-reproducible builds (fdo#100692, Simon McVittie) + Avoid an assertion failure when connecting to a semicolon-separated series of addresses, one of which fails (fdo#101257, Simon McVittie) * Documentation: + Update git URIs in HACKING document to sync up with cgit.freedesktop.org (fdo#100715, Simon McVittie) ==== dbus-1-x11 ==== Version update (1.10.18 -> 1.10.20) - Update to 1.10.20 * Fixes: + Fix a reference leak when blocking on a pending call on a connection that has been disconnected (fdo#101481, Shin-ichi MORITA) + Don't put timestamps in the Doxygen-generated documentation, for closer-to-reproducible builds (fdo#100692, Simon McVittie) + Avoid an assertion failure when connecting to a semicolon-separated series of addresses, one of which fails (fdo#101257, Simon McVittie) * Documentation: + Update git URIs in HACKING document to sync up with cgit.freedesktop.org (fdo#100715, Simon McVittie) ==== desktop-file-utils ==== - Replace %desktop_database_post/postun with respective file triggers in desktop-file-utils: any file put into /usr/share/applications will trigger the execution of the script. In order to not break the macros short-term they are being redefined to %nil. ==== device-mapper ==== Subpackages: libdevmapper-event1_03 libdevmapper1_03 libdevmapper1_03-32bit - Add Special migration for libdevmapper's move from /lib to /usr/lib and from device-mapper.rpm to libdevmapper.rpm: the library is now in %{_libdir}, but up to the point where zypp removes the 'old' device-mapper package, the old library 'wins' the ldloader race resulting in binaries asking for the newer version still getting the old one (boo#1045396). A typical update issue seen is, zypp updating packages in this order: - libdevmapper1_03 (new package) - libcryptsetup4 (links libdevmapper-1.03, rpm dep satisfied) - systemd (linking libcryptsetup.so.4, rpm dep satisfied At this point, anything calling systemdctl gets libdevmapper from the old device-mapper package into the memory, which in turn is version 1.02 and does not provide all the needed symbols - device-mapper (which removes /lib/libdevmapper.so.1.02, but is now too late, as various post scripts already failed on running systemctl) ==== dmz-icon-theme-cursors ==== Version update (11.2.0 -> 11.3.0) - Update to the latest version in Debian (0.4.4) * Provide DMZ-White and DMZ-Black cursors ==== gcc7 ==== Version update (7.1.1+r248590 -> 7.1.1+r249772) Subpackages: cpp7 gcc7-c++ gcc7-fortran gcc7-info gcc7-locale gcc7-objc libasan4 libatomic1 libcilkrts5 libgcc_s1 libgcc_s1-32bit libgfortran4 libgomp1 libitm1 liblsan0 libmpx2 libmpxwrappers2 libobjc4 libquadmath0 libstdc++6 libstdc++6-32bit libstdc++6-devel-gcc7 libtsan0 libubsan0 - Update to gcc-7-branch head (r249772). * Includes patch for PR81080. [bnc#1044016] * Includes patch for PR81204. [bnc#1045732] * Includes patch for PR81112. [bnc#1043966] - Fix cross compiler update-alternatives machinery to make rpmlint happy. - Update plugin enablement guard to use %sle_version. [bnc#1043590] - Update to gcc-7-branch head (r248970). * Includes gcc7-pr80593.patch. ==== gconf2 ==== Subpackages: gconf-polkit gconf2-devel - Fix obvious typo } used instead of ) ==== installation-images-Kubic ==== Version update (14.319 -> 14.320) - revert last change: it is vital that CAASP/SLES/SLED builds can all happen in the same project (sbehlert) - don't build SLED/SLES on CAASP - don't build SLES_SAP on CAASP - merge gh#openSUSE/installation-images#189 - Add new theme SLES_SAP (bsc#1032850) - 14.320 ==== installation-images-openSUSE ==== Version update (14.319 -> 14.320) - revert last change: it is vital that CAASP/SLES/SLED builds can all happen in the same project (sbehlert) - don't build SLED/SLES on CAASP - don't build SLES_SAP on CAASP - merge gh#openSUSE/installation-images#189 - Add new theme SLES_SAP (bsc#1032850) - 14.320 ==== iproute2 ==== Version update (4.9 -> 4.11) - Update to new upstream release 4.11 * ip: support UID range routing. * ss: Add inet raw sockets information gathering via netlink diag interface * ss: print new tcp_info fields: delivery_rate and app_limited * ss: print new tcp_info fields: busy, rwnd-limited, sndbuf-limited times * tc: flower: support matching on ICMP type and code * lwt: BPF support for LWT * Introduce ip vrf command * iplink: bridge: add support for displaying xstats * iplink: bridge_slave: add support for displaying xstats * ip: Add support for MPLS netconf - split link and compile steps for binaries, so LDFLAGS and CFLAGS are not mixed so the the PIE default build work. - Add iproute2-split-make.patch ==== kapptemplate ==== Version update (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) Subpackages: kapptemplate-lang - Update to 17.04.2 * New bugfix release * For more details please see: * https://www.kde.org/announcements/announce-applications-17.04.2.php - Changes since 17.04.1: * Brush up and fix KF5-based app templates some more * Use FDL 1.2 for kde-frameworks5 template ==== kolourpaint ==== Version update (17.04.1 -> 17.04.2) Subpackages: kolourpaint-lang - Add GPL to the license (bg translation), until this is sorted with upstream - Update to 17.04.2 * New bugfix release * For more details please see: * https://www.kde.org/announcements/announce-applications-17.04.2.php - Changes since 17.04.1: * Adjust license to follow the rest of the headers ==== libalkimia ==== Version update (4.3.2 -> 5.0.0) - Update to version 5.0.0: * add support for newer versions of cmake (>=2.8.7) * use implicit sharing in AlkValue - Add Fix-AlkValue-operator-QString-w-valueRef.patch to fix AlkValue::operator=(QString) - Adjust Urls and file lists ==== libgcrypt ==== Version update (1.7.7 -> 1.7.8) Subpackages: libgcrypt-devel libgcrypt20 libgcrypt20-32bit - libgcrypt 1.7.8: * CVE-2017-7526: Mitigate a flush+reload side-channel attack on RSA secret keys (bsc#1046607) ==== libmwaw ==== - Add patch CVE-2017-9433.patch fixing bsc#1042828 CVE-2017-9433 ==== libpng16 ==== Version update (1.6.29 -> 1.6.30) Subpackages: libpng16-16 libpng16-16-32bit libpng16-compat-devel libpng16-devel - update to 1.6.30: Revised documentation of png_get_error_ptr() in the libpng manual. Document need to check for integer overflow when allocating a pixel buffer for multiple rows in contrib/gregbook, contrib/pngminus, example.c, and in the manual (suggested by Jaeseung Choi). This is similar to the bug reported against pngquant in CVE-2016-5735. Check for integer overflow in contrib/visupng and contrib/tools/genpng. Do not double evaluate CMAKE_SYSTEM_PROCESSOR in CMakeLists.txt. Avoid writing an empty IDAT when the last IDAT exactly fills the compression buffer (bug report by Brian Baird). This bug was introduced in libpng-1.6.0. Add a reference to the libpng.download site in README. ==== libssh2_org ==== - Remove --with-pic which is only for static libs ==== libstaroffice ==== - Add patch CVE-2017-9432.patch fixing bsc#1042829 CVE-2017-9432 ==== libyui-qt-pkg ==== Version update (2.45.12 -> 2.45.13) - Limit the number of displayed changes (the last 512 entries), rendering a huge change log might cause a freeze for long time (bsc#1044777) - 2.45.13 ==== llvm ==== Version update (4.0.0 -> 4.0.1) - Update to version 4.0.1 * Minor bugfixes ==== llvm4 ==== Version update (4.0.0 -> 4.0.1) Subpackages: clang4 libLLVM4 libLTO4 libc++-devel libc++1 libc++abi-devel libc++abi1 libclang4 libomp4-devel - Update to version 4.0.1 * Minor bugfixes ==== lvm2 ==== Subpackages: liblvm2app2_2 liblvm2cmd2_02 - Add Special migration for libdevmapper's move from /lib to /usr/lib and from device-mapper.rpm to libdevmapper.rpm: the library is now in %{_libdir}, but up to the point where zypp removes the 'old' device-mapper package, the old library 'wins' the ldloader race resulting in binaries asking for the newer version still getting the old one (boo#1045396). A typical update issue seen is, zypp updating packages in this order: - libdevmapper1_03 (new package) - libcryptsetup4 (links libdevmapper-1.03, rpm dep satisfied) - systemd (linking libcryptsetup.so.4, rpm dep satisfied At this point, anything calling systemdctl gets libdevmapper from the old device-mapper package into the memory, which in turn is version 1.02 and does not provide all the needed symbols - device-mapper (which removes /lib/libdevmapper.so.1.02, but is now too late, as various post scripts already failed on running systemctl) ==== perl-DBD-mysql ==== Version update (4.042 -> 4.043) - updated to 4.043 see /usr/share/doc/packages/perl-DBD-mysql/Changes 2017-06-29 Patrick Galbraith, Michiel Beijen, DBI/DBD community (4.043) YOUR ATTENTION PLEASE, THIS IS A REVERT TO 4.041 This version is the same as 4.041 with all its bugs and limitations. In version 4.042 there were some changes to Unicode handling that turned out to be causing issues with existing implementations. While it is possible to argue that the old behaviour was wrong and buggy, lots of applications and scripts were depending on this behaviour so it is NOT a good idea to change this. There were lots of commits since 4.041, we'll add those back bit by bit in a future release, excluding the ones which cause problems. 2017-??-?? Patrick Galbraith, Michiel Beijen, DBI/DBD community (4.042_01) * Use Devel::CheckLib 1.09 or newer, fixes https://github.com/perl5-dbi/DBD-mysql/issues/109 * Improve CI testing on AppVeyor: caching, path to cpan, configure deps (pali) * Specify bigint as test dependency. ==== perl-File-ShareDir ==== Version update (1.102 -> 1.104) - updated to 1.104 see /usr/share/doc/packages/perl-File-ShareDir/Changes ==== perl-Net-DNS ==== Version update (1.10 -> 1.11) - updated to 1.11 see /usr/share/doc/packages/perl-Net-DNS/Changes ==== procps ==== Subpackages: libprocps6 - Drop support for xinetd (systat.xinetd) * xinetd is being obsoleted * provided service is considered unsecure and is unlikely to be used anyways - Small packaging cleanup with spec-cleaner ==== python-cffi ==== Version update (1.9.1 -> 1.10.0) Subpackages: python2-cffi python3-cffi - update to 1.10.0: * Issue #295: use calloc() directly instead of PyObject_Malloc()+memset() to handle ffi.new() with a default allocator. Speeds up ffi.new(large-array) where most of the time you never touch most of the array. * Some OS/X build fixes (?only with Xcode but without CLT?). * Improve a couple of error messages: when getting mismatched versions of cffi and its backend; and when calling functions which cannot be called with libffi because an argument is a struct that is ?too complicated? (and not a struct pointer, which always works). * Add support for some unusual compilers (non-msvc, non-gcc, non-icc, non-clang) * Implemented the remaining cases for ffi.from_buffer. Now all buffer/memoryview objects can be passed. The one remaining check is against passing unicode strings in Python 2. (They support the buffer interface, but that gives the raw bytes behind the UTF16/UCS4 storage, which is most of the times not what you expect. In Python 3 this has been fixed and the unicode strings don?t support the memoryview interface any more.) * The C type _Bool or bool now converts to a Python boolean when reading, instead of the content of the byte as an integer. The potential incompatibility here is what occurs if the byte contains a value different from 0 and 1. Previously, it would just return it; with this change, CFFI raises an exception in this case. But this case means ?undefined behavior? in C; if you really have to interface with a library relying on this, don?t use bool in the CFFI side. Also, it is still valid to use a byte string as initializer for a bool[], but now it must only contain \x00 or \x01. As an aside, ffi.string() no longer works on bool[] (but it never made much sense, as this function stops at the first zero). * ffi.buffer is now the name of cffi?s buffer type, and ffi.buffer() works like before but is the constructor of that type. * ffi.addressof(lib, "name") now works also in in-line mode, not only in out-of-line mode. This is useful for taking the address of global variables. * Issue #255: cdata objects of a primitive type (integers, floats, char) are now compared and ordered by value. For example, <cdata 'int' 42> compares equal to 42 and <cdata 'char' b'A'> compares equal to b'A'. Unlike C, <cdata 'int' -1> does not compare equal to ffi.cast("unsigned int", -1): it compares smaller, because -1 < 4294967295. * PyPy: ffi.new() and ffi.new_allocator()() did not record ?memory pressure?, causing the GC to run too infrequently if you call ffi.new() very often and/or with large arrays. Fixed in PyPy 5.7. * Support in ffi.cdef() for numeric expressions with + or -. Assumes that there is no overflow; it should be fixed first before we add more general support for arbitrary arithmetic on constants. ==== python-chardet ==== Version update (2.3.0 -> 3.0.4) Subpackages: python2-chardet python3-chardet - fix source link - update to 3.0.4 ==== python-enum34 ==== - Submit version 1.1.3 to SLE-12 (fate#322171, bsc#1014478) ==== python-py ==== Version update (1.4.32 -> 1.4.34) Subpackages: python2-py python3-py - Update to 1.4.34 * fix issue119 / pytest issue708 where tmpdir may fail to make numbered directories when the filesystem is case-insensitive. 1.4.33: * avoid imports in calls to py.path.local().fnmatch(). Thanks Andreas Pelme for the PR. * fix issue106: Naive unicode encoding when calling fspath() in python2. Thanks Tiago Nobrega for the PR. * fix issue110: unittest.TestCase.assertWarns fails with py imported. ==== python-pyasn1 ==== Subpackages: python2-pyasn1 python3-pyasn1 - Cleanup duplicates with fdupes ==== python-pywbem ==== Version update (0.7.0 -> 0.10.0) - Add missing runtime dependencies. - Update to 0.10.0 * There is some new functionality, such as: - use of SAX parser instead of minidom - finalized the indications API - added Iter* enumeration and association operations with a Python generator/iterator interface that use the pull operations if available or else the traditional operations. * full changelog at https://pywbem.readthedocs.io/en/latest/changes.html#pywbem-v0-10-0 - Update to 0.9.1 * Documentation improvements * Bug fixes Full changelog available at https://pywbem.readthedocs.io/en/stable/changes.html#pywbem-v0-9-1 - Update to 0.9.0 Many changes and deprecations, see https://pywbem.readthedocs.io/en/latest/changes.html#pywbem-v0-9-0 for full list. - Update to 0.8.2 * Eliminated dependency on "six" package during installation of pywbem. - dropped python-pywbem-doc package, see http://pywbem.github.io - rename 'wbemcli' to 'pywbemcli' to prevent conflict with sblim-wbemcli. - Update to 0.8.1 See http://pywbem.github.io/pywbem/doc/0.8.1/changelog.html for the complete list of changes. Known issues: * Installing PyWBEM on Python 2.6 has a conflict with the 'pbr' package from PyPI, resulting in a TypeError: "dist must be a Distribution instance". This issue is specific to Python 2.6 and does not occur in any of the other supported Python versions (2.7, 3.4, 3.5). This issue can be mitigated by uninstalling the 'pbr' package, or if that is not possible, by migrating to Python 2.7. See issue #26 on GitHub. * MOF using names that are reserved keywords will fail to compile in the MOF compiler. For example, a CIM property named 'indication'. See issue #62 on GitHub. * The Pulled Enumeration Operations introduced in DSP0200 1.3 are not supported in this release. See issue #9 on GitHub. * Note that some components of this PyWBEM Client package are still considered experimental: - The twisted client module twisted_client.py. - The Python provider modules cim_provider.py and cim_provider2.py. - The CIM indication listener in the irecv directory. See issue [#66] on GitHub. - drop pywbem-0.8.0-dev.patch, upstream - don't leave 'url_' undefined: pywbem-0.8.0-dev.patch - add an extra 'import sys': pywbem-0.8.0-dev.patch - Splitted documentation off as python-pywbem-doc - Update to 0.8.0~dev (development pre-release) * Verify certificates against platform provided CA trust store in /etc/pki/tls/certs. Linux only. (Peter Hatina) * Added '-d' option to MOF compiler that causes the compiler to perform a dry-run and just check the MOF file syntax. This allows to more easily detect included MOF files when used together with the '-v' option. (Jan Safranek) * Added support for non-ASCII (Unicode) characters. (Michal Minar, Andreas Maier) * Improved information in the message text of some exceptions (TypeError and KeyError in cim_obj.py, ValueError in cim_obj.py, and ParseError in tupleparse.py). (Andreas Maier) * Moved the definition of the pywbem version from setup.py to __init__.py, in order to make it available to programs using pywbem as pywbem.__version__. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for direct iteration over NocaseDict objects using 'for' and 'in' by adding __iter__(), e.g. for use with CIMInstance.properties. (Andreas Maier) * Added more instance attributes to be shown in repr() on CIMProperty and other classes in cim_obj. (Andreas Maier) * Added and improved docstring-based documentation in the pywbem modules cim_operations, cim_http, cim_obj, cim_types, and the pywbem module. (Andreas Maier) * Improved the way missing file:// URL support on Windows is handled, by now issuing a proper error message instead of stumbling across the missing socket.AF_UNIX constant. (Andreas Maier) * Improved the way missing OWLocal authorization with the OpenWBEM server is handled on Windows, by now issuing a proper error message instead of stumbling across the missing os.getuid() function. (Andreas Maier) * Improved Windows portability by no longer attempting to import 'pwd' in case the userid is not set in the environment variables that are checked when the WBEM server is local. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for ExecQuery operation to twisted client. (Robert Booth) * Added get() methods on CIMInstance and CIMInstanceName to step up to the statement that they behave like dictionaries w.r.t. properties and key bindings. (Andreas Maier) * Improved help text of test_cim_operations.py test program. (Andreas Maier) * Added an optional Params argument to InvokeMethod(), that is an ordered list of CIM input parameters, that preserves its order in the CIM-XML request message. This is to accomodate deficient WBEM servers that do not tolerate arbitrary order of method input parameters as required by the standard. The new argument is optional, making this a backwards compatible change of InvokeMethod(). (Andreas Maier) * Cleaned up the public symbols of each module by making symbols private that are used only internally. Specifically, the following symbols have been made private: In cimxml_parse: _get_required_attribute, _get_attribute, _get_end_event, _is_start, _is_end. In cim_xml: _text (was: Text). (Andreas Maier) * Cleaned up symbols imported by wildcard import by defining __all__ in each module with only the public symbols defined in that module (removing any symbols imported into the module), except for the following modules which define less than the complete set of public symbols in their __all__: mof_compiler, twisted_client, tupleparse, cimxml_parse, cim_http. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for using CDATA section based escaping in any requests sent to the WBEM server. The default is still XML entity reference based escaping, the CDATA based escaping can be turned on by setting the switch _CDATA_ESCAPING accordingly, which is a global variable in the cim_xml module. (Andreas Maier) * Simplified the exceptions that can be raised by WBEMConnection methods, and improved the information in the exception messages. See description of WBEMConnection class for details. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for timeouts to WBEMConnection, via a new timeout argument, that defaults to no timeout. (This finally increased the minimum version of Python to 2.6. (Andreas Maier) BUG FIXES: * Fix syntax error in CIM DTDVERSION error path. Allow KEYVALUE VALUETYPE attribute to be optional as specified in the DTD. (Andreas Linke) * Added parsing of InvokeMethod return value and output parameters for Twisted Python client. (Tim Potter) * Fixed cim_provider2.py to properly support shutdown() and can_unload() (called from CMPI cleanup() functions). Support was recently added to cmpi-bindings for this. (Bart Whiteley) * Fixed XML parsing to accept SFCB-style embedded instance parameters. (Mihai Ibanescu) * Use getpass module instead of pwd to detect local user to fix Win32. (Tim Potter) * Re-throw KeyError exceptions with capitalised key string instead of lower cased version in NocaseDict.__getitem__(). (Tim Potter) * Use base64.b64encode() instead of base64.encodestring() in Twisted client. (Mihai Ibanescu) * Fix missing CIMDateTime import in Twisted client. (Mihai Ibanescu) * Fixed CIMInstanceName rendering to string. It is now possible to pass the rendered string value as an instance path argument of a CIM method. (Jan Safranek, Michal Minar) * For Python providers, fixed the comparsion of the Role parameter in association operations to be case insensitive, and removed an erroneous test that raised an exception when the property specified in the Role parameter was not also in the property list specified by the Properties parameter. (Jan Safranek) * For Python providers, converted debug 'print' statements to trace messages that end up in the system log. (Jan Safranek) * The CIM-XML parser no longer throws an exception when parsing a qualifier declaration. Note: The CIM-XML supported by this fix does not conform to DSP0201 so far. Further fixes are pending. (Jan Safranek) * Fixed parsing errors for connection URLs with IPv6 addresses, including zone indexes (aka scope IDs). (Peter Hatina, Andreas Maier) * Fixed the hard coded socket addressing family used for HTTPS that was incorrect in some IPv6 cases, by determining it dynamically. (Peter Hatina) * Fixed the list of output parameters of extrinsic method calls to be returned as a case insensitive dictionary (using cim_obj.NocaseDict). (Jan Safranek) * Fixed the checking of CIMVERSION attributes in CIM-XML to only verify the major version, consistent with DSP0201 (see subclause 5.2.1, in DSP0201 version 2.3.1). (Jan Safranek) * Fixed error in cim_http.py related to stronger type checking of Python 2.7. (Eduardo de Barros Lima) * Removed erroneous qualifier scopes SCHEMA and QUALIFIER from the MOF compiler (see DSP0004). (Andreas Maier) * Fixed debug logging of CIM-XML payload (that is, conn.last_*request/reply attributes) for extrinsic method calls, to now be consistent with intrinsic method calls. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed TOCTOU (time-of-check-time-of-use) error when validating peer's certificate. (Michal Minar) * Added a check in the CIMInstanceName constructor that the 'classname' argument is not None. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue in the CIMProperty constructor that specifying a tuple for the 'value' argument was incorrectly detected to be a scalar (and not an array). (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue in the CIMProperty constructor that specifying a datetime or timedelta typed value resulted in storing the provided object in the 'value' attribute, instead of converting it to a CIMDateTime object. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue in the CIMProperty constructor that specifying a datetime formatted string typed 'value' argument along with type='datetime' resulted in storing the provided string object in the 'value' attribute, instead of converting it to a CIMDateTime object. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed several cases in the CIMProperty constructor of unnecessarily requiring the optional arguments 'type', 'is_array', 'embedded_object', or 'reference_class'. These optional arguments are now only necessary to be provided if they cannot be implied from provided arguments (mainly from 'value'). (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue in the CIMProperty constructor that an 'embedded_object' argument value of 'object' was changed to 'instance' when a CIMInstance typed 'value' argument was also provided. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue in the CIMProperty constructor that the first array element was used for defaulting the 'type' attribute, without checking that for None, causing an exception to be raised in this case. (Andreas Maier) * Added a check in the CIMProperty constructor that the 'name' argument is not None. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed the issue that the CIMProperty constructor raised only TypeError even when the issue was not about types; it now raises in addition ValueError. (Andreas Maier) * Changed the exception that is raised in NocaseDict.__setitem__() for invalid key types, to be TypeError in instead of KeyError. Updated the testcases accordingly. (Andreas Maier) * Added checks for more than one argument and for unsupported argument types to the constructor of NocaseDict. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed incorrectly labeled namespace variables in twisted client. (Robert Booth) * Fixed that WBEMConnection.last_raw_reply was not set to the current reply in case of parsing errors in the reply. (Andreas Maier) * Reintroduced Python 2.6 support in cim_http.HTTPSConnection.connect() that disappeared in early drafts of this version: - Removed SSLTimeoutError from except list; being a subclass of SSLError, it is catched via SSLError. - Invoked socket.create_connection() without source_address, if running on Python 2.6. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed bug where HTTP body was attempted ot be read when CIMError header is set, causing a hang. (Andreas Maier) * Added CIM-XML declaration support for alternative PyWBEM client based on twisted. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for Windows to wbemcli.py, by making dependency on HOME environment variable optional, and adding HOMEPATH environment variable. Also, cleaned up the global namespace of wbemcli.py and made it importable as a module. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed errors in generated MOF (e.g. in any tomof() methods): - Missing backslash escaping within string literals for \n, \r, \t, \". - Representation of REF types was incorrect. - '=' in array-typed qualifier declarations was missing. - Fixed size indicator was missing in array elements. - Qualifiers of method parameters were missing. Improvements in generated MOF: - Changed order of qualifiers to be sorted by qualifier name. - Added empty line before each property and method in the class for better readability. - Method parameters are now placed on separate lines. - Moved generation of method qualifiers from class into method. This changes the behavior of CIMMethod.tomof() to now generate the method qualifiers. (Andreas Maier) TESTING: * Added support for running the unit test cases without having to be in the testsuite directory. This was done by setting up the DTD_FILE path correctly for any XML tests. (Andreas Maier) * Improved the quality of assertion messages issued when testcases fail, to include context information and types. (Andreas Maier) * Added docstrings to test cases. (Andreas Maier) * Added testcases for CIMProperty.__init__() to be comprehensive. (Andreas Maier) * In XML validation tests, added the expected XML root element. (Andreas Maier) * Added a header to any error messages issued by xmllint. (Andreas Maier) * Fix: Merged stderr into stdout for the xmllint invocation, xmllint error messages go to stderr and had been dropped before. (Andreas Maier) * Fix: The "mkdir -p ..:" command in the comfychair testcase constructor created subdirectories named "-p" when running on Windows; replaced that command with os.makedirs(). (Andreas Maier) * Fix: Replaced the "rm -fr ..." command in the comfychair testcase constructor with shutil.rmtree(), in order to better run on Windows. (Andreas Maier) * Fix: In comfychair._enter_rundir(), moved registration of cleanup function _restore_directory() to the end, so cleanup happens only if no errors happened. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed a bug in pywbem/trunk/testsuite/test_tupleparse.py in function ParseCIMProperty.runtest(), where the use of real tab characters caused a few lines to be incorrectly indented, and as a result, ignored for the test. (Andreas Maier) * Improved Windows portability in testsuite: Moved from using the Unix-only functions posix.WIFSIGNALED() and posix.WEXITSTATUS() for testing the success of subprocess.wait(), to simply testing for 0. (Andreas Maier) * Added ability to invoke test_cim_operations.py with comfychair arguments, and added printing of exception information if an operation fails. (Andreas Maier) - clean code: * Removed dangerous default parameter '{}' from CIMProperty and CIMInstanceName, and replaced it with 'None'. To support that, added support for initializing an empty NocaseDict object from 'None'. (Andreas Maier) * In cim_obj, changed the use of the deprecated backticks to using %r in the format string (which produces the same result). (Andreas Maier) * In the constructor of CIMInstanceName, added assertions to some paths that cannot possibly be taken based on the fact that the keybindings attribute is always a NocaseDict. They should be removed at some point. (Andreas Maier) * Addressed PyLint issues: - Consolidated imports at the top of the module (after module docstring), consistent with the PEP-8 recommendation. - Ensured order of imports: standard, non-standard, pywbem, local (on a subset of modules only). - Replaced wildcard imports with specific imports, as much as possible. - Removed unused imports. - Addressed PyLint issues that are related to whitespace, continuation indentation, and line length. - Replaced all real tab characters with spaces. (Andreas Maier) PACKAGING / BUILD: * Fixed grammatical funkiness in the license text. No change to actual license - still LGPLv2. (Tim Potter) * Added LICENSE.txt file to release. (Tim Potter) * Added LICENSE.txt, NEWS, README and INSTALL files to distribution archive. (Andreas Maier) * Fixed inconsistencies in license text in file headers to consistently say LGPL 2.1 or higher (The LICENSE.txt file has always been LGPL 2.1). (Andreas Maier) * Removed confusing section about build from INSTALL file, to scope it just to the topic of installation. (Andreas Maier) * Restructured pywbem/trunk subtree to move pywbem package files into a pywbem subdirectory. (Andreas Maier) * Added a makefile (invoke 'make help' for valid targets). (Andreas Maier) * Added support for checking the Python source code using PyLint. (Andreas Maier) * Added support for generating HTML documentation using epydoc, and included the documentation into the distribution archive. The syntax used in Python docstrings is reStructuredText markdown. (Andreas Maier) - Update to 0.8.0 (pre-release) - Upgrade to upstream revision 629 - added support for non-ascii characters - fixed TOCTOU error when validating peer's certificate (obsoletes pywbem-ssl_verify_host.patch) - mof_compiler: Add '-d' option to dry-run the operation - fix connection to ipv6 hosts (obsoletes pywbem-ipv6.patch) - verify certificates against platform provided CA trust store - Drop INSTALL file, unneeded for packaged pywbem. - pywbem-ipv6.patch: Enabling IPv6. (bnc#840250) - pywbem-ssl_verify_host.patch: Fix for security issue around SSL certificate verification (possible MITM attack). Adapted to work with python 2.6 and SLE11's python-M2Crypto version. (bnc#856323 bnc#856108 CVE-2013-6418) - Don't remove buildroot in install section - add upstream patch to support IPv6 pywbem-ipv6.patch - provide INSTALL documentation - revert to upstream version 0.7.0 - Check only the major part of CIMVERSION. (DSP0201 2.3.1 chap. 5.2.1) - Use case-insensitive dictionary for method output parameters. - The parser should not throw an exception when parsing XML with a qualifier declaration. - Convert debug 'print' to trace messages. - Fix References(Role="xxx") intrinsic method. - Fix comparsion of Role parameter - Fixed CIMInstanceName rendering to string. - Fix upstream compatibility: Provide pywbem - Adapt http header creation to Python 2.7 - version 0.7.1 - Fix the build for non-SUSE distributions - Pass --install-purelib when calling "setup --install" to cope with lib vs lib64 - use new python macros ==== python-requests ==== Version update (2.13.0 -> 2.18.1) Subpackages: python2-requests python3-requests update to version v2.18.1 * 2.17.1 * Fix a typo: verison -> version * fix * Prepare v2.18.0 * Update requirements.txt * cleanup models.py * Preserve identity of unbundled deps * ignore undefined names in flake8 * flake8 ignore lambda expressions * Add the pytest .cache/ directory to .gitignore * docutils * try junit * new installation location * cleanup utils.py * flake8report.txt * empty commit * no more pipenv * Begin dev section of README * Remove exec permission from files that shouldn't have it * change development philosophy docs to reflect reality * fix manifest file * only flake8 the right directory * update development documentation * Remove session redirect cache * no piping to a file * Catch error if multiprocessing is not available or is unable to determine the number of CPUs * todo * cleanup sessions.py * typo * number of cores for travis * ignore import statements for flake8 * Update README.rst * better ci file * bunk change * that doesn't work on windows * improve development instructions * Fix a typo: paramters -> parameters * Adds changelog entry for #4134 * ignore line continuations for flake8 * Allow Requests.Response to be used as a context manager * Fix requests.packages not having package attributes * remove note about cacerts.pem * v2.17.3 * improve install documentation syntax * improve installation instructions * flake8: import statement improvements * fix spaces in api.py * v2.18.1 * skip for now * v2.17.2 * fix flake8 for EOF in __init__.py * improve flake8 help.py * Prepare for next release cycle * try this travis file * remove "are you crazy?" section * fix sidebars * Update index.rst * fix empty lines for flake8 * convert version compatibility checks to warning * fix github stars * v2.17.1 * improve line continuations for flake8 * attempt new ads * speed up appveyor * v2.17.0 * improve installation docs * fix flake8 indent error * Adds to AUTHORS * Clearer makefile for building README * flake8 * Fixes error swallowing in set_environ * cleanup help.py (flake8) * improve install docs * new requests namespace - update to 2.16.5: * unvendored bundled libraries * for more changes, see https://pypi.python.org/pypi/requests - drop no-default-cacert.patch: this is now in python-certifi - drop requests-do-not-use-bundle.patch: obsolete ==== python-rpm-macros ==== Version update (2017.05.09.fc237de -> 2017.06.21.6641889) - version bump to 2017.06.21.6641889 - introduce smarter buildset support - fix %python_files on nonstandard build sets - introduce %python_for_executables in favor of magically taking "last python in %pythons" - fix %licence tag handling (gh#opensuse/python-rpm-macros#4) ==== shotwell ==== Subpackages: shotwell-lang - Replace itstool with gettext BuildRequires, align with what current versions of shotwell depends on. ==== texlive ==== - add missing dependencies for perl-biber ==== tracker ==== Version update (1.12.0 -> 1.12.1) Subpackages: libtracker-common-1_0 libtracker-control-1_0-0 libtracker-miner-1_0-0 libtracker-sparql-1_0-0 tracker-miner-files typelib-1_0-Tracker-1_0 typelib-1_0-TrackerControl-1_0 - Update to version 1.12.1: + libtracker-sparql: - Add osinfo to the default namespace. - Protect sqlite3_bind* with interface lock. + tracker-extract: Whitelist openat(), with caveats. + Updated translations. - Drop upstream fixed patches: + tracker-libtracker-sparql-add-osinfo-ontology.patch. + tracker-libtracker-common-whitelist-openat.patch. + tracker-libtracker-data-protect-sqlite3_bind.patch. - Add tracker-libtracker-data-protect-sqlite3_bind.patch: libtracker-data: Protect sqlite3_bind*() with interface lock. There may be multiple cursors/db_statements from the same db interface being accessed from multiple threads. This must be under the TrackerDBInterface lock in order to prevent threading issues (rh#1404285). ==== tracker-extras ==== Version update (1.12.0 -> 1.12.1) Subpackages: nautilus-extension-tracker-tags tracker-gui - Update to version 1.12.1: + libtracker-sparql: - Add osinfo to the default namespace. - Protect sqlite3_bind* with interface lock. + tracker-extract: Whitelist openat(), with caveats. + Updated translations. - Drop upstream fixed patches: + tracker-libtracker-sparql-add-osinfo-ontology.patch. + tracker-libtracker-common-whitelist-openat.patch. + tracker-libtracker-data-protect-sqlite3_bind.patch. - Add tracker-libtracker-data-protect-sqlite3_bind.patch: libtracker-data: Protect sqlite3_bind*() with interface lock. There may be multiple cursors/db_statements from the same db interface being accessed from multiple threads. This must be under the TrackerDBInterface lock in order to prevent threading issues (rh#1404285). ==== urlscan ==== Version update (0.8.3 -> 0.8.6) - Update to version 0.8.6 * Fix tag mismatch in setup.py * Fix #27 (URLs in markdown links) * Tweak email address recognition * Add ability to toggle context view * Cleanup, commenting, add keyboard hints in the header * Add shortening and toggling shortening of URLs * Restructure URLChooser for current urwid best practices * Update tlds list * Replace AttrWrap (deprecated) with AttrMap * Highlight selected URL. Fix #17 * Implement #21 (Option to remove duplicate URLs) ==== virtualbox ==== Subpackages: virtualbox-guest-kmp-default virtualbox-guest-tools virtualbox-guest-x11 - Fix missing global for 32-bit version with gcc7. (bsc#1046571). Fix missing frame buffer cleanup - private communication from Oracle - adds file "fix_KMS_support.patch". - Fix logic error in scripts to build kernel modules locally - see bnc#1042726. Fix "requires" for net-tools-deprecated so that Leap 42.3 will build. Fix missing /media for Leap 42.3. Fix typo in above changes. - Fix some typos in the various service files as noted in boo#1044931. With these fixes, TW guests start correctly. In addition, the /sbin/vboxconfig (for hosts) and the /sbin/vboxguestconfig (for guests) work correctly. - Now that kernel:HEAD:standard has changed to version 4.12.0-rcX, the VB drivers need some changes for new API's. File "vbox_fix_for_kernel_4.12.patch" is added. The added installation of "net-tools-deprecated" broke builds for Leap 42.3. That change is now conditional on building for Factory. - Add installation of package "net-tools-deprecated" as requested in boo#1027742. - Revise warning screen concerning USB passthru - fixes bnc#1041137. USB passthru opens a security hole, yet it is so valuable that many users want the feature, thus it is our default. Previously, a user needed to edit a udev rule to disable passthru. The bad part was that an update of VB changed the rule back to allow passthru without any notification. These changes modify the popup to allow the user to accept or decline passthru. If the user declines, then the root password is requested and the udev rule is modified. As these modifications will be lost with the next VB update, the inode of the udev rule is kept. If the user has previously declined and the inode has changed, the popup will show the next time VB is started. File "fix_usb_rules.sh" is added. ==== wine ==== Version update (2.6 -> 2.11) Subpackages: wine-32bit - Update to 2.11 development snapshot - OpenGL support in the Android driver. - Support for security labels. - Relay debugging on ARM64. - More dictionary support in WebServices. - New registry file parser in RegEdit. - Various bug fixes. - updated winetricks - Update to 2.10 development snapshot - Initial version of the Android graphics driver. - Dictionary support in WebServices. - A number of Direct2D fixes. - User interface improvements in RegEdit. - OLE clipboard cache fixes. - Various bug fixes. - updated winetricks - obsolete also the 32bit wine-mp3 package. (bsc#1042452) - Update to 2.9 development snapshot - Direct3D command stream runs asynchronously. - Better serial and parallel ports autodetection. - Still more fixes for high DPI settings. - System tray notifications on macOS. - Various bug fixes. - updated winetricks - obsolete the external wine-mp3 for distributions that have mp3 support now. (bsc#1040190) - Update to 2.8 development snapshot - Direct3D command stream runs asynchronously. - Better serial and parallel ports autodetection. - Still more fixes for high DPI settings. - System tray notifications on macOS. - Various bug fixes. - updated winetricks - Update to 2.7 development snapshot - TCP and UDP connection support in WebServices. - Various shader improvements for Direct3D 11. - Improved support for high DPI settings. - Partial reimplementation of the GLU library. - Support for recent versions of OSMesa. - Window management improvements on macOS. - Various bug fixes. - updated winetricks ==== xapian-core ==== Version update (1.4.3 -> 1.4.4) - Update to 1.4.4: * Database::check(): + Fix checking a single table - changes in 1.4.2 broke such checks unless you specified the table without any extension. + Errors from failing to find the file specified are now thrown as DatabaseOpeningError (was DatabaseError, of which DatabaseOpeningError is a subclass so existing code should continue to work). Also improved the error message when the file doesn't exist is better. * Drop OP_SCALE_WEIGHT over OP_VALUE_RANGE, OP_VALUE_GE and OP_VALUE_LE in the Query constructor. These operators always return weight 0 so OP_SCALE_WEIGHT over them has no effect. Eliminating it at query construction time is cheap (we only need to check the type of the subquery), eliminates the confusing "0 * " from the query description, and means the OP_SCALE_WEIGHT Query object can be released sooner. Inspired by Shivanshu Chauhan asking about the query description on IRC. * Drop OP_SCALE_WEIGHT on the right side of OP_AND_NOT in the Query constructor. OP_AND_NOT takes no weight from the right so OP_SCALE_WEIGHT has no effect there. Eliminating it at query construction time is cheap (just need to check the subquery's type), eliminates the confusing "0 * " from the query description, and means the OP_SCALE_WEIGHT object can be released sooner. * See also https://xapian.org/docs/xapian-core-1.4.4/NEWS ==== yast2-online-update-configuration ==== Version update (3.1.5 -> 3.1.6) - Install the patches for all selected categories (not just the first one) (bsc#1044018) - Properly handle the exist status for multiple categories - 3.1.6 -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

4 3

[opensuse-factory] Needless needles in openQA - -update_123@64bit ?
by Knurpht - Gertjan Lettink 06 Jul '17

06 Jul '17

If -update_123@64bit means what I suppose it does ( i.e. test whether an openSUSE 12.3 upgrade to TW would work ), should it still be part of TW's openQA testing? Likewise for the other tests that seem to refer to older openSUSE versions. Or do we actually want to support this kind of upgrade scenarios? Or are my assumptions completely wrong? Wondering. -- Gertjan Lettink, a.k.a. Knurpht openSUSE Board Member openSUSE Forums Team -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

2 3

[opensuse-factory] New Tumbleweed snapshot 20170618 released!
by Dominique Leuenberger 05 Jul '17

05 Jul '17

Please note that this mail was generated by a script. The described changes are computed based on the x86_64 DVD. The full online repo contains too many changes to be listed here. Please check the known defects of this snapshot before upgrading: https://openqa.opensuse.org/tests/overview?distri=opensuse&groupid=1&versio… When you reply to report some issues, make sure to change the subject. It is not helpful to keep the release announcement subject in a thread while discussing a specific problem. Packages changed: ffmpeg (3.3.1 -> 3.3.2) gstreamer (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) gstreamer-plugins-bad (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) gstreamer-plugins-base (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) gstreamer-plugins-good (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) gstreamer-plugins-ugly (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) libbluray (1.0.0 -> 1.0.1) libgusb (0.2.9 -> 0.2.10) libopenmpt libqt5-qtwebengine libwacom openslp polkit remmina (1.2.0~rcgit.13 -> 1.2.0~rcgit.18) rpm ruby2.2 zlib === Details === ==== ffmpeg ==== Version update (3.3.1 -> 3.3.2) Subpackages: libavcodec57 libavfilter6 libavformat57 libavresample3 libavutil55 libpostproc54 libswresample2 libswscale4 - Update to new upstream release 3.3.2 * Various fixes for integer overflows and too-large bit shifts ==== gstreamer ==== Version update (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) Subpackages: gstreamer-devel gstreamer-utils libgstreamer-1_0-0 libgstreamer-1_0-0-32bit typelib-1_0-Gst-1_0 - Update to version 1.12.0: + Bugs fixed: bgo#782050. - Update to version 1.11.91: + Bugs fixed: bgo#781585, bgo#781585, bgo#780757, bgo#781484, bgo#781155, bgo#781155, bgo#780903. - Changes from version 1.11.90: + Bugs fixed: bgo#753754, bgo#775445, bgo#776140, bgo#776293, bgo#776999, bgo#778193, bgo#778830, bgo#779175, bgo#779459, bgo#779755, bgo#779831, bgo#780111, bgo#780751, bgo#780923. + Updated translations. - Update to version 1.11.2: + Bugs fixed: bgo#764707, bgo#773091, bgo#777375, bgo#777449, bgo#777780, bgo#777810, bgo#778866. ==== gstreamer-plugins-bad ==== Version update (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) Subpackages: libgstadaptivedemux-1_0-0 libgstbadaudio-1_0-0 libgstbadbase-1_0-0 libgstbadvideo-1_0-0 libgstbasecamerabinsrc-1_0-0 libgstcodecparsers-1_0-0 libgstgl-1_0-0 libgstmpegts-1_0-0 libgstphotography-1_0-0 libgsturidownloader-1_0-0 libgstwayland-1_0-0 - Pass --disable-mpegpsmux, --disable-mpegtsmux and - -disable-resindvd to configure when building for openSUSE on the OBS until we can get the licensing sorted upstream. Move the plugins to the orig-addon package. - Add missing libgstplayer-1_0-0 Requires to gstreamer-plugins-bad-devel sub package. - Update to version 1.12.0: + Bugs fixed: bgo#773681, bgo#764947, bgo#780976, bgo#782046, bgo#782119, bgo#782078. - Changes from version 1.11.91: + Bugs fixed: bgo#729371, bgo#764011, bgo#778237, bgo#780190, bgo#780397, bgo#780402, bgo#780494, bgo#780569, bgo#780570, bgo#780897, bgo#781017, bgo#781018, bgo#781019, bgo#781022, bgo#781023, bgo#781024, bgo#781027, bgo#781037, bgo#781043, bgo#781156, bgo#781170, bgo#781179, bgo#781188, bgo#781233, bgo#781267, bgo#781320, bgo#781539, bgo#781725. - Changes from version 1.11.90: + Bugs fixed: bgo#736213, bgo#755782, bgo#764726, bgo#772811, bgo#774544, bgo#775487, bgo#776436, bgo#776997, bgo#776999, bgo#777847, bgo#778073, bgo#778333, bgo#778731, bgo#778825, bgo#779011, bgo#779067, bgo#779309, bgo#779333, bgo#779447, bgo#779453, bgo#779790, bgo#779831, bgo#779856, bgo#779869, bgo#780064, bgo#780108, bgo#780179, bgo#780180, bgo#780330, bgo#780367. - Stop passing --disable-fatal-warnings to configure, not needed on stable branch. - Package new sub package libgstbadallocators-1_0-0. - Update to version 1.11.2: + Bugs fixed: bgo#764947, bgo#758257, bgo#773709, bgo#775665, bgo#776360, bgo#776490, bgo#777181, bgo#777206, bgo#777376, bgo#777377, bgo#777394, bgo#777652, bgo#777682, bgo#777741, bgo#777760, bgo#778028, bgo#778076, bgo#778142, bgo#778703, bgo#779064, bgo#779070, bgo#779103, bgo#779154. ==== gstreamer-plugins-base ==== Version update (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) Subpackages: libgstallocators-1_0-0 libgstapp-1_0-0 libgstaudio-1_0-0 libgstaudio-1_0-0-32bit libgstfft-1_0-0 libgstpbutils-1_0-0 libgstriff-1_0-0 libgstrtp-1_0-0 libgstrtsp-1_0-0 libgstsdp-1_0-0 libgsttag-1_0-0 libgsttag-1_0-0-32bit libgstvideo-1_0-0 libgstvideo-1_0-0-32bit typelib-1_0-GstAudio-1_0 typelib-1_0-GstPbutils-1_0 typelib-1_0-GstTag-1_0 typelib-1_0-GstVideo-1_0 - Run parallel build with smp_mflags. Recast a slightly convoluted find call. Replace old $RPM shell vars by macros. - Update to version 1.12.0: + Bugs fixed: bgo#782095, bgo#782018. - Update to version 1.11.91: + Bugs fixed: bgo#779866, bgo#781149, bgo#781152, bgo#781168, bgo#781490. - Changes from version 1.11.90: + Bugs fixed: bgo#774544, bgo#776140, bgo#776172, bgo#776446, bgo#779344, bgo#779515, bgo#779866, bgo#780053, bgo#780100, bgo#780257, bgo#780297, bgo#780429, bgo#780559, bgo#780566, bgo#780764, bgo#780769. + Updated translations. - Update to versions 1.11.2: + Bugs fixed: bgo#740557, bgo#775553, bgo#775893, bgo#776797, bgo#777458, bgo#777530, bgo#778298, bgo#778702, bgo#778974, bgo#779010. ==== gstreamer-plugins-good ==== Version update (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) Subpackages: gstreamer-plugins-good-extra - Update to version 1.12.0: + Bugs fixed: bgo#782042. ==== gstreamer-plugins-ugly ==== Version update (1.10.4 -> 1.12.0) - Simplyfy the conditionals in our configure call. - Update to version 1.12.0: + Updated translations. - Changes from version 1.11.91: + Bugs fixed: bgo#779249. - Changes from version 1.11.90: + Bugs fixed: bgo#779329. - Conditionallize a52dec module building: in Tumbleweed, a52dec is available and the module can thus be built directly now: + Introduce variable ENABLE_A52DEC. + Apply gstreamer-plugins-ugly-1.0.1-patched_liba52.patch when BUILD_ORIG OR ENABLE_A52DEC is set. + Unconditionally add gstreamer-plugins-ugly-1.0.1-patched_liba52.patch to src.rpm. - Switch ENABLE_MPG123 to 1 for suse_version > 1320 (currently only Tumbleweed): mpg123 is now available to the distro. - Update to version 1.11.2: + Bugs fixed: bgo#777903. - Replace libmpeg2-devel, libopencore-amr-devel, libtwolame-devel and libx264-devel with pkgconfig(libmpeg2), pkgconfig(opencore-amrwb), pkgconfig(twolame) and pkgconfig(x264) BuildRequires: Align with what configure checks for. ==== libbluray ==== Version update (1.0.0 -> 1.0.1) - Update to version 1.0.1: + Add possibility to check whether BD-J is functional without opening a disc. + Improve main title selection. + Improve error resilience and stability. + Fix Windows dll loading. + Fix JAVA_HOME environment variable handling in Windows. + Fix build issues when CPPFLAGS is given in make command line. + Fix MSVC build issues. + Remove --disable-bdjava and --disable-udf configure options. - Fixed patch libbluray-jvm_dir.patch. ==== libgusb ==== Version update (0.2.9 -> 0.2.10) - Update to version 0.2.10: + Correctly detect removed devices when rescanning. + Fix a memory leak when using control tranfers. + Fix gtk-doc build when builddir != srcdir. + Fix symbol version table up to version 0.2.9. ==== libopenmpt ==== Subpackages: libmodplug1 libopenmpt0 - baselibs.conf for libmodplug.so.1 ==== libqt5-qtwebengine ==== - Backport patches to fix build on AArch64 and add workaround (QTBUG-61128): * arm64-linux.patch * arm64-toolchain.patch - Use proprietary codecs if supported by system ffmpeg (boo#1043375) ==== libwacom ==== Subpackages: libwacom-data libwacom2 - Build wacom udev rules (boo#1041714) fixes libinput error: libinput bug: Device 'Wacom BambooPT 2FG Small Pad' does not meet tablet criteria. Ignoring this device. ==== openslp ==== Subpackages: openslp-devel openslp-server - Add support for OpenSSL 1.1. Commit from upstream [bsc#1042665] new patch: openslp.openssl-1.1.diff ==== polkit ==== Subpackages: libpolkit0 polkit-devel typelib-1_0-Polkit-1_0 - Use gettext as fallback to get potential distro translations for polkit actions. Similar mechnism as used for desktop file translations. That way it's possible to use weblate to add additional translations that are not provided by upstream (polkit-gettext.patch). ==== remmina ==== Version update (1.2.0~rcgit.13 -> 1.2.0~rcgit.18) Subpackages: remmina-lang remmina-plugin-vnc remmina-plugin-xdmcp - Version update to version 1.2.0.rcgit.18: * Various fixes around, see the upstream Changelog - move README.SUSE to https://en.opensuse.org/Remmina - update to version 1.2.0.rcgit.17 ==== rpm ==== Subpackages: rpm-32bit rpm-build rpm-devel - Add patch to handle newer package statement variations for Perl 5.12+ * perlprov-package.diff ==== ruby2.2 ==== Subpackages: libruby2_2-2_2 ruby2.2-devel ruby2.2-stdlib - forcefully enable PIE here ==== zlib ==== Subpackages: libminizip1 libz1 libz1-32bit zlib-devel - Added 32bit minizip support -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

11 13

[opensuse-factory] Can't install Arduino in current TW due to missing jssc
by Luiz Alberto Saba 05 Jul '17

05 Jul '17

ts040:~ # uname -a Linux ts040 4.11.8-1-default #1 SMP PREEMPT Thu Jun 29 14:37:33 UTC 2017 (42bd7a0) x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux ts040:~ # zypper in Arduino Loading repository data... Reading installed packages... Resolving package dependencies... Problem: nothing provides jssc needed by Arduino-1.6.13-12.1.x86_64 Solution 1: do not install Arduino-1.6.13-12.1.x86_64 Solution 2: break Arduino-1.6.13-12.1.x86_64 by ignoring some of its dependencies Choose from above solutions by number or cancel [1/2/c] (c): -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

2 1

[opensuse-factory] Leap 42.3 Build 0294 released!
by Ludwig Nussel 05 Jul '17

05 Jul '17

Please note that this mail was generated by a script. The described changes are computed based on the x86_64 DVD. The full online repo contains too many changes to be listed here. Please check the known defects of this snapshot before upgrading: https://openqa.opensuse.org/tests/overview?distri=opensuse&version=42.3&bui… https://bugzilla.opensuse.org/buglist.cgi?product=openSUSE%20Distribution&q… When you reply to discuss some issues, make sure to change the subject. Please use the test plan at https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1AGKijKpKiJCB616-bHVoNQuhWHpQLHPWCb3… to record your testing efforts and use bugzilla to report bugs. Packages changed: audacity (2.1.2 -> 2.1.3) cdrtools (3.01 -> 3.02~a07) desktop-translations (20151007 -> 84.87.20170613.847c686) flac (1.3.0 -> 1.3.2) kernel-source (4.4.72 -> 4.4.73) krita polkit-default-privs python-enum34 python-kiwi (9.3.3 -> 8.32.2) python-pyasn1 (0.2.3 -> 0.1.9) python3-pyOpenSSL release-notes-openSUSE (42.3.20170508 -> 42.3.20170621) schily-libs (3.01 -> 3.02~a07) speex (1.2~rc2 -> 1.2) terminus-bitmap-fonts (4.39 -> 4.46) umbrello xfce4-vala xfsprogs === Details === ==== audacity ==== Version update (2.1.2 -> 2.1.3) Subpackages: audacity-lang - Added requires for flac > 1.3.0. - Update to release 2.1.3 - Recreated audacity-no_buildstamp.patch with 2.1.3 release date and time. - Added audacity-flacversion.patch to fix minimum version in m4 macro. - Rebased audacity-fix-nonsense.patch - Deleted audacity-ffmpeg.patch, audacity-flac_assert.h.patch and audacity-gcc6.patch - Upstream changes: * Interface: * Pinned option on waveform so waveform moves and recording/playing head stays still. * Timer Record options to save/export/exit after recording. * Scrub Ruler and optional Scrub Toolbar. * New shortcuts ALT+RIGHT and ALT+LEFT (move to labels without editing). * Effects: * Effects no longer grayed out when paused. * New Distortion effect (replaces Leveller). * SBSMS (higher quality but slower) option on Change Tempo/Change Pitch effects. * New Rhythm Track generator (replaces Click Track). * New Generator for Sample Data Import. * Nyquist effects now significantly faster. * Other Changes: * Upgraded the PortAudio library to v19 rev r1966. * Bug fixes: * Over 60 bugs fixed, including five longstanding bugs. ==== cdrtools ==== Version update (3.01 -> 3.02~a07) Subpackages: cdda2wav cdrecord mkisofs - Fix build on older distros (e.g. SLE11) -- no caps support in RPM - Remove build dependency on mmv (not present on SLE, and its usage is easily replaced with a small shell script). - Fix build on older distros (makedepend) - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a07 * mkisofs: deduplication for files) - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a06 * libscg: fixed a copy/paste problem in the Linux transport that could cause libscg to assume a timeout when no timeout occurred. * libscg: add a new generic option interface. * libscg: New option "ignore-resid" to work around a Linux kernel problem. * mkisofs: better warning messages for rotten directories when in multi-session mode. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a05 * mkisofs now tries to be more immune against rotten iso images when in multi session mode. * mkisofs no longer tries to access a string past the null byte when dealing with Joliet. * mkisofs fixed a bug related to sorting with multi extent files (greater than 4 GB). - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a04 * Support for DVD-Audio was added to mkisofs. * Several bug fixes in mkisofs and mkisofs/diag/* programs to make them more robust against rotten ISO images. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a03 * isoinfo no longer eats up all memory when an ISO image with a directory loop is specified. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a02 * Many smaller "isoinfo" enhancements including support for relocated directories. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a01 * libparanoia: work around a bug that resulted from uninitalized statistics data for C2 checks. * cdda2wav now supports sound output on Linux again. ==== desktop-translations ==== Version update (20151007 -> 84.87.20170613.847c686) - Update to version 84.87.20170613.847c686: * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (French) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (French) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Russian) * Translated using Weblate (Russian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (Ukrainian) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Kabyle) * Translated using Weblate (Kabyle) * Translated using Weblate (Kabyle) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) * Translated using Weblate (Chinese (China)) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (Danish) * Translated using Weblate (Danish) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (Lithuanian) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Translated using Weblate (German) * Revert swedish translation to SVN state * Regenerate translations from .desktop files - Update to version 84.87.20170531.7e7f57d: * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Rename appstream.po to appstreamdata.po to avoid conflict * Rename appstream -> appstreamdata in tar2po * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Spanish) * Translated using Weblate (French) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Portuguese (Brazil)) - Change License: to MIT - Also generate other mo files - Update to version 84.87.20170518.2205c8c: * tar2po: Escape newline in gettext strings correctly * Merge POT files into PO files to not lose translations * Update translations with latest changes - Add gettext-runtime and xz BuildRequires - Update to version 84.87.20170517.b889563: * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) * Translated using Weblate (Japanese) * Translated using Weblate (Arabic) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) - Update to version 84.87.20170202.0c8d823: * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Slovak) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Italian) * Translated using Weblate (Catalan) - Update to version 84.87.20170109.20ca54c: * new data from upstream - Update package for new GIT repo. ==== flac ==== Version update (1.3.0 -> 1.3.2) Subpackages: flac-devel libFLAC++6 libFLAC8 libFLAC8-32bit - Update to version 1.3.2 * Fix undefined behaviour using GCC/Clang UBSAN (erikd). * General hardening via fuzz testing with AFL (erikd and others). * General code improvements (lvqcl, erikd and others). * Add FLAC in MP4 specification docs (Ralph Giles). * Fix some cppcheck warnings (erikd). * Assume all currently used OSes support SSE2. flac: * Fix potential infinite loop on flac-to-flac conversion (erikd). * Add WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE to WAV (as needed) when decoding (lvqcl). * Only write vorbis-comments if they are non-empty. * Error out if decoding RAW with bits != (8|16|24). metaflac: * Add --scan-replay-gain option. libraries: * CPU detection cleanup and fixes (Julian Calaby, erikd and lvqcl). * Fix two stream decoder bugs (Max Kellermann). * Fix a NULL dereference bug (on a malformed file). * Changed the LPC order guess for a slight compression improvement, particularly for classical music (Martijn van Beurden). * Improved encoding speed on older Intel CPUs. * Fixed a seeking bug when decoding certain files (Miroslav Lichvar). * Put an upper bound (32768) on the number of seek points. * Fix potential memory leaks. * Support 64bit brword/bwword allowing FLAC__BYTES_PER_WORD to be set to 8 (disabled by default). * Fix an out-of-bounds heap read. - Refreshed flac-cflags.patch - Drop patch that should be upstreamed first, otherwise we will have to keep it ofrever: * flac-ocloexec.patch - Drop wrong patch: * flac-fix-pkgconfig.patch + If using this change you get assert.h include overriden in your project by the one from FLAC/ which is not what upstream desired If packages fail to build they should fix their include - Build documentation as noarch - Cleanup spec file with spec-cleaner - Update url - Remove no longer needed patches * flac-fix-CVE-2014-8962.patch * flac-fix-CVE-2014-9028.patch * 0001-getopt_long-not-broken-here.patch - Remove following as benefit of using openssl is small * 0001-Allow-use-of-openSSL.patch - Add flac-cflags.patch - Use doxygen to build documentation - Split documentation to separate package - Update to 1.3.1 * Improved decoding efficiency of all bit depths but especially so for 24 bits for IA32 architecture (lvqcl and Miroslav Lichvar). * Faster encoding using SSE and AVX (lvqcl). * Fixed bartlett, bartlett_hann and triangle functions. * New apodization functions partial_tukey and punchout_tukey for improved compression (Martijn van Beurden). * Retuned compression presets to incorporate new apodization functions (Martijn van Beurden). * Fix -Wcast-align warnings on armhf architecture (Erik de Castro Lopo). * Help output documentation improvements. * I/O buffering improvements on Windows to reduce disk fragmentation when writing files. * Only write vorbis-comments if they are non-empty. * Fix symbol visibility in XMMS plugin. * Many fixes and improvements across all the build systems. * Fix CVE-2014-9028 (heap write overflow) and CVE-2014-8962 (heap read overflow) - A couple of security fixes: * flac-fix-CVE-2014-8962.patch: arbitrary code execution by a stack overflow (CVE-2014-8962, bnc#906831) * flac-fix-CVE-2014-9028.patch: Heap overflow via specially crafted .flac files (CVE-2014-9028, bnc#907016) - Update to final upstream release 1.3.0 * No user-visible changes - More robust make install call - Update to flac 1.3.0pre4 (packaged as 1.2.99_git* to avoid messing with RPM versioning) * Mostly non-linux related bugfixes plus autotools fixes - flac-openssl.patch --> 0001-Allow-use-of-openSSL.patch - remove flac-1.2.1-automake1_13.patch, fixed in upstream. - add 0001-getopt_long-not-broken-here.patch, FLAC bundles GNU-compatible getopt_long for broken OS, but we do have a functional version in libc already. - license update: BSD-3-Clause and GPL-2.0+ and GFDL-1.2 Numerous GPL-2.0+ licensed files;documtation is GFDL-1.2 - add flac-1.2.1-automake1_13.patch, fix build with automake-1.13.1 - Add flac-fix-pkgconfig.patch to fix includedir in the pkgconfig files. - add xz buildrequires for old distros. - Update to current git * patches deleted: - flac-1.2.1-asm.patch - flac-1.2.1-bitreader.patch - flac-gcc43-fixes.diff - flac-gcc47.patch - flac-leaks.patch - flac-no-xmms.diff - flac-visibility.patch - flac-printf-format-fix.diff All Upstreamed either by us or other distros. - Add flac-openssl.patch, do crypto with openssl (not wanted upstream) - Restore make check - Don't ignore $(AM_CFLAGS). - Remove ppc patch. - Add flac-gcc47.patch: Replacing strcpy without 'lenght limitation' with strncpy, limited to 4 chars. This is safe, as we check the length already to be sure it is 4 chars, yet do not suffer from the problem that strcpy wants to add a '\0' char in plus to the target string. - don't use fvisibility=hidden on ppc. As it can't find symbols afterwards - Fix some memory and resources leak. - Link shared libraries with -Bsymbolic-functions - annotate relevant functions with proper attributes to allow the compiler generate better code (attribute hot. alloc_size) - Support symbol visibility features - Disable test suite, nothing wrong with it, it just takes too long to run and uses private/hidden symbols to test flac's internals. - Use O_CLOEXEC in all library code. - add libtool as buildrequire to make the spec file more reliable - Build with --enable-sse, this only disables runtime checking if the *OS* supports SSE, which registers a SIGILL signal handler then tries to execute SSE code... it still tests the running *CPU* though. - Apply packaging guidelines (remove redundant/obsolete tags/sections from specfile, etc.) - Add flac-devel to baselibs - Do not build with -fno-strict-aliasing since is no longer required. - Impoer two patches from redhat, one speeds up decoding and the other enables the working ASM optimizations. - run make check, but only the basic test suite, complete one takes hours. - add baselibs.conf as a source - updated patches to apply with fuzz=0 ==== kernel-source ==== Version update (4.4.72 -> 4.4.73) Subpackages: kernel-default kernel-default-devel kernel-devel kernel-docs kernel-macros kernel-syms - Delete patches.kabi/0001-md-use-a-separate-bio_set-for-synchronous-IO.kabi. Not needed yet for Leap kernel. - commit 4e6675a - md: fix a null dereference (bsc#1040351). - commit dd58f71 - Update kabi files: import for other architectures, too - commit 2f1cc13 - net: phy: realtek: fix enabling of the TX-delay for RTL8211F (bsc#1045810). - commit d7da697 - Refresh btrfs backref rbtree patchset to match upstream submission. - commit fa2f027 - RDMA/bnxt_re: Allow posting when QPs are in error (bsc#1044448). - commit ff678ff - net/mlx5e: Avoid doing a cleanup call if the profile doesn't have it (bsc#1015342). - net/mlx5e: Fix min inline value for VF rep SQs (bsc#1015342). - commit 43da9af - RDMA/qib,hfi1: Fix MR reference count leak on write with immediate (bsc#1045640). - commit 1f6ac4c - net/mlx5e: Fix timestamping capabilities reporting (bsc#966170 bsc#1015342). - commit ec1bb20 - fm10k: correctly check if interface is removed (bsc#1024375 FATE#321248). - sfc: limit the number of receive queues (bsc#1017967 FATE#321663). - sfc: do not device_attach if a reset is pending (bsc#1017967 FATE#321663). - sfc: stop setting dev_port (bsc#1017967 FATE#321663). - commit d95e0b3 - rbd: fix and simplify rbd_osd_req_format_rw() (bsc#1045213). - rbd: copy compare-and-write osd requests before resubmission (bsc#1042210). - rbd: helper to copy compare-and-write osd requests (bsc#1042210). - rbd: ensure r_request is allocated for creatrunc (bsc#1042210). - commit dd3764b - Update patches.fixes/nfs-svc-rdma.fix (bsc#1044854). Fix bsc reference - commit d0282b0 - reiserfs: don't preallocate blocks for extended attributes (bsc#990682). - commit 1d1075d - printk/console: Correctly mark console that is used when opening /dev/console (bsc#1040020). - commit 2d358a5 - ahci: thunderx2: stop engine fix update (bsc#1045590). - commit 0f92e07 - KVM: arm/arm64: Handle hva aging while destroying the vm (bsc#1045298). - commit 123e077 - fixup! nvme_fc: fix error recovery on link down (bsc#1044763). - commit 3b737e9 - lpfc: fix refcount error on node list (bsc#1045404). - lpfc: Fix nvme io stoppage after link bounce (bsc#1045404). - nvme_fc: fix error recovery on link down (bsc#1044763). - nvme_fc: fix double calls to nvme_cleanup_cmd() (bsc#1044763). - commit 28fb785 - ibmvnic: Fix error handling when registering long-term-mapped buffers (bsc#1045568). - commit 27cd512 - ibmvnic: Fix incorrectly defined ibmvnic_request_map_rsp structure (bsc#1045568). - commit ae86c21 - IB/ipoib: Fix memory leak in create child syscall (bsc#1022595 FATE#322350). - commit 8109fd6 - xgene: Check all RGMII phy mode variants (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Fix redundant prefetch buffer cleanup (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Workaround for HW errata 10GE_10/ENET_15 (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Add frame recovered statistics counter for errata 10GE_8/ENET_11 (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Workaround for HW errata 10GE_4 (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Add rx_overrun/tx_underrun statistics (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Extend ethtool statistics (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Remove unused macros (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Refactor statistics error parsing code (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Remove redundant local stats (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Use rgmii mdio mac access (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: phy: xgene: Add lock to protect mac access (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Protect indirect MAC access (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Add workaround for errata 10GE_8/ENET_11 (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Add workaround for errata 10GE_1 (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Fix Rx checksum validation logic (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Fix wrong logical operation (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Fix hardware checksum setting (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Fix crash on DT systems (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: Simplify xgene_enet_setup_mss() to kill warning (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: ethtool: Add get/set_pauseparam (bsc#1033621). - drivers: net: xgene: constify xgene_cle_ops structure (bsc#1033621). - phy: Add helper function to check phy interface mode (bsc#1033621). - commit 1c9e178 - btrfs: account for pinned bytes in should_alloc_chunk (bsc#1040182). This version drops accounting for bytes_may_use. - commit 0a418fd - Remove obsolete patches for fate#321840 - commit 6fe97c3 - mm: fix new crash in unmapped_area_topdown() (bnc#1039348). - mm: larger stack guard gap, between vmas (bnc#1039348, CVE-2017-1000364, bnc#1045340). - Delete patches.fixes/0001-mm-enlarge-stack-guard-gap.patch: replace it with the upstream solution - Delete patches.fixes/0002-mm-do-not-collapse-stack-gap-into-THP.patch. - commit f276e25 - Update kabi files: sync with the latest qed updates - commit 89c0731 - ibmvnic: Remove module author mailing address (bsc#1045467). - commit 337e37f - qedi: Add support for offload iSCSI Boot (bsc#1043083). - qed: Add support for changing iSCSI mac (bsc#1043083). - qed: Support NVM-image reading API (bsc#1043083). - qed: Share additional information with qedf (bsc#1043083). - qed: Correct order of wwnn and wwpn (bsc#1043083). - commit 4843a8f - Fix loop device flush before configure v3 (bnc#1039699). - commit 21b86f9 - blacklist.conf: blacklist c34a69059d78 (bnc#1044880) - commit 0b2e1df - dm: remove dummy dm_table definition (bsc#1045307) - commit 1710664 - ibmvnic: Correct return code checking for ibmvnic_init during probe (bsc#1045286). - commit 5553444 - ibmvnic: Return from ibmvnic_resume if not in VNIC_OPEN state (bsc#1045235). - commit 883f476 - powercap/intel_rapl: fix and tidy up error handling (bsc#1045284). - powercap / RAPL: handle missing MSRs (bsc#1045284). - commit 6031b95 - KVM: x86: Expose more Intel AVX512 feature to guest (bsc#1035611). - commit 92203bc - Update patches.fixes/x86-pci-mark-broadwell-ep-home-agent-1-as-having-non-compliant-bars (bsc#1039214). Fix the wrong bsc number. - commit 00acc35 - lan78xx: use skb_cow_head() to deal with cloned skbs (bsc#1045154). - commit 217ec53 - mm: fix cache mode of dax pmd mappings (bsc#1044979). - commit 729ba44 - loop: Add PF_LESS_THROTTLE to block/loop device thread (bsc#1027101). - commit 261bfb2 - Fix kabi after adding new field to struct mddev (bsc#1040351). - md: use a separate bio_set for synchronous IO (bsc#1040351). - commit 88cd9a5 - Update patches.fixes/net-Don-t-delete-routes-in-different-VRFs.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-icmp_route_lookup-should-use-rt-dev-to-determine.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-ipv6-Fix-processing-of-RAs-in-presence-of-VRF.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-l3mdev-Add-master-device-lookup-by-index.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-make-netdev_for_each_lower_dev-safe-for-device-r.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-Create-FIB-tables-on-link-create.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-Fix-crash-when-IPv6-is-disabled-at-boot-time.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-Fix-dev-refcnt-leak-due-to-IPv6-prefix-route.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-Fix-dst-reference-counting.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-Switch-dst-dev-to-loopback-on-device-delete.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/net-vrf-protect-changes-to-private-data-with-rcu.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/vrf-remove-slave-queue-and-private-slave-struct.patch (bsc#1044774). - Update patches.fixes/xfrm-Only-add-l3mdev-oif-to-dst-lookups.patch (bsc#1044774). Fix incorrect reference. - commit 0c874ba - Refresh network patches sorted section - commit bb9d92b - net/mlx5: Release FTE lock in error flow (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - commit 39c1bc0 - IB/mlx5: Enlarge autogroup flow table (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - blacklist.conf: not applicable mlx4/mlx5 fixes - net/mlx5: Don't unlock fte while still using it (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - net/mlx5e: Modify TIRs hash only when it's needed (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - net/mlx5: Fix create autogroup prev initializer (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - net/mlx5: Prevent setting multicast macs for VFs (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - IB/mlx5: Check supported flow table size (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - IB/mlx5: Fix kernel to user leak prevention logic (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - IB/mlx5: Assign DSCP for R-RoCE QPs Address Path (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - mlx4: Fix memory leak after mlx4_en_update_priv() (bsc#966170 bsc#966172 bsc#966191). - commit ece7432 - xen-blkback: don't leak stack data via response ring (bsc#1042863 XSA-216). - commit d2636ad - qed: Enable RoCE parser searching on fp init (bsc#1019695). - commit 9b26fc3 - cxgb4: notify uP to route ctrlq compl to rdma rspq (bsc#1044081). - commit e800b91 - Fix soft lockup in svc_rdma_send (bsc#729329). - commit 474ee52 - Update kabi files: import kABI files for x86-64 - commit 221f271 - net/mlx5e: Fix wrong indications in DIM due to counter wraparound (bsc#1015342). - net/mlx5e: Added BW check for DIM decision mechanism (bsc#1015342). - net/mlx5: Enable 4K UAR only when page size is bigger than 4K (bsc#1015342). - net/mlx5: Remove several module events out of ethtool stats (bsc#1015342). - commit 0365ead - nvme-rdma: fast fail incoming requests while we reconnect (bsc#1033920). - commit acbc651 - Refresh patches.fixes/xfs-fix-buffer-I_O-accounting-race.patch. - commit 4a0d453 - Refresh patches.fixes/xfs-fix-buffer-I_O-accounting-race.patch. - commit 0c01ef6 - qed: fix dump of context data (bsc#1019695). - commit 3b942a4 - Linux 4.4.73 (bnc#1012382 bsc#1028017). - jump label: fix passing kbuild_cflags when checking for asm goto support (git-fixes). - sctp: check af before verify address in sctp_addr_id2transport (git-fixes). - ipv6: release dst on error in ip6_dst_lookup_tail (git-fixes). - ravb: Fix use-after-free on `ifconfig eth0 down` (git-fixes). - blacklist.conf: add more - Refresh patches.drivers/net-mlx4_core-Check-device-state-before-unregisterin.patch. - Delete patches.fixes/0004-nfs-Fix-Don-t-increment-lock-sequence-ID-after-NFS4E.patch. - Delete patches.fixes/net-mlx4_core-Avoid-command-timeouts-during-VF-drive.patch. - commit 375e337 - blacklist.conf: move commits not blacklisted in SP2 to SP3 section - commit 54493cc - Blacklist powerpc/mm/4k: Limit 4k page size config to 64TB virtual address space - commit db2f140 - IB/addr: Fix setting source address in addr6_resolve() (bsc#1044082). - commit 947a8b9 - ibmvnic: driver initialization for kdump/kexec (bsc#1044772). - ibmvnic: Exit polling routine correctly during adapter reset (bsc#1044767). - commit 240d50f - ibmvnic: Remove VNIC_CLOSING check from pending_scrq (bsc#1044767). - ibmvnic: Sanitize entire SCRQ buffer on reset (bsc#1044767). - commit 6b1a8c3 - ibmvnic: Ensure that TX queues are disabled in __ibmvnic_close (bsc#1044767). - commit d40c4fd - ibmvnic: Activate disabled RX buffer pools on reset (bsc#1044767). - commit c06570c - blacklist.conf: black list few uninteresting follow up fixes - commit 1326f25 - blacklist.conf: Fix has complex pre-requisites that are borderline in terms of benefit - commit 138dd1e - powerpc/perf: Fix Power9 test_adder fields (fate#321438, 2017-06-19] Pending SUSE Kernel Fixes). - commit 18f4ef7 ==== krita ==== Subpackages: krita-lang - Remove filler wording from description. ==== polkit-default-privs ==== - relaxing action "org.opensuse.cupspkhelper.mechanism.job-edit" (bsc#827331) ==== python-enum34 ==== - provide python2-enum34 to support singlespec transparently - Update to version 1.1.3 - update to version 1.0.4: * no upstream changelog - Do not use depreciated %py_requires - Some fixes - Fixed wrong license - Run fdupes at build time - Initial package ==== python-kiwi ==== Version update (9.3.3 -> 8.32.2) Subpackages: kiwi-pxeboot kiwi-tools - Bump version: 8.32.1 ? 8.32.2 - Fixed setup_plymouth_splash The schema generated get_bootsplash_theme() method returns a list because it's section content. The return value of the method was used as a string which caused a runtime error - Bump version: 8.32.0 ? 8.32.1 - Added Leap42.3 boot descriptions - Bump version: 8.31.0 ? 8.32.0 - Incorporate important Fixes + Add support for runtime configuration file + Add support for custom xz tool options + Add support for excluding packages when using DNF + Add support for excluding packages when using Yum + Fixed GPL license text to match headers and spec + Refactor documentation layout and structure + Added dracut output file format detection + Handle rpm-check-signatures flag for each package manager + Fixes OEM deployments on a free partition, bnc#1039469 + Improve rpm-check-signatures support + Added --clear-cache option + Add --signing-key option + Fixup working dir for editboot scripts + Fixup kernel name lookup + Added fallback setup for grub secure boot + Allow vendor specific grub config file location + Fixup EFI setup for iso images + Refactor detection code for grub directory name + Include imageonly attribute for repositories + Fixed gce disk format - Bump version: 8.30.1 ? 8.31.0 - Incorporate important Fixes + Add support for derived container builds in OBS + Support for weak and strong dependencies in dnf, yum + Add support for OCI images + Add require/recommend installation support for yum + Include 'plusRecommended' management for dnf + Update development and contribution chapter + Fixup grub2 template parameters + Fixup grub2 bios module setup + Avoid GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR setup in etc/default/grub + Added <oem-nic-filter> element - Bump version: 8.30.0 ? 8.30.1 - Incorporate important Fixes + Fixup pxe builder. Filesystem image rootfs was not in toplevel + Refactor ip link detection. There is no reliable way to check if a link is unplugged, thus the system has to be changed + Ensure grub.cfg exists in EFI path for iso images + Delete no longer needed btrfs bootpath setup (bsc#1030038) + Fixup bootloader menu title setup (bsc#1032118) + Avoid GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR setup in etc/default/grub (bsc#1032119) + Added <oem-nic-filter> element + Fixup grub2 setup and tool calls - Bump version: 8.29.8 ? 8.30.0 - Incorporate important Fixes and Features + Added support for layered docker images + Added support for base docker images created via umoci/skopeo + Added support for multipython build + Added image info command + Fixed kiwi API, make sure modules are found when used in other python programs + Fixed use of legacy services + Support repositories with credentials + Support DNF package manager + Fixed network link detection Related to (bsc#1011342) and (fate#319678) - Disable automatic documentation deployment The documentation should be in line with the master branch not with the version maintained for SLES. The documentation for SUSE enterprise products is handled by the SUSE doc team - Bump version: 8.29.7 ? 8.29.8 - Include in SLE 12 (fate#322094, bsc#1011342) - Bump version: 8.29.6 ? 8.29.7 - Update documentation Add information about new hook: handleMachineID - Bump version: 8.29.5 ? 8.29.6 - Fixup isolinux timeout configuration isolinux counts the timeout in units of 1/10 seconds. Thus the value provided in the image description needs to be adapted correctly. This Fixes #228 - Bump version: 8.29.4 ? 8.29.5 - Fixup setupMachineID Cleaning up existing machine id files by deleting them causes an interactive session to be started by systemd This is something we don't want. As the consequences of touching the machine id files seems to be too critical the method has been turned into a hook caller. This allows the user to make use of it on their own purpose and by default doesn't mess with the machine id files - Bump version: 8.29.3 ? 8.29.4 - Change processing of setupMachineID Instead of creating new machine ids for systemd and dbus the method now cleans up all existing machine ids and leave it up to systemd to initialize and create new ids. This allows to make use of the native way how systemd retrieves and handles machine ids - Fixup typo in ReST style - Bump version: 8.29.2 ? 8.29.3 - Add utils.sysconfig to api documentation - Completion for grub bootloader configuration The configuration files /etc/sysconfig/bootloader and /etc/default/grub needs to be created/updated with the relevant values regarding the bootloader setup done by kiwi. This Fixes #226 - Apply volume attributes for btrfs and lvm The chattr utility is used to apply file attributes So far only the no-copy-on-write attribute can be specified in a volume setup. If further attributes are needed they will be added on demand - Added attributes element in volume type - Added volume attribute copy_on_write The copy_on_write attribute allows to activate or deactivate the copy on write functionality for the desired volume. This Fixes #218 - Make sure there is a storage default setup on s390 Storage disks on s390 requires an information about the type and the blocksize. In case these information is not provided in the kiwi XML configuration, None was set as value in the zipl configuration which lead to an error. This commit provides default values for those parameters - Bump version: 8.29.1 ? 8.29.2 - Allow unix device names in oem-unattended-id setup In order to allow a raw device name in oem-unattended-id the /dev tree has been added to search list. This is useful if e.g a ramdisk device which is not part of any /dev/disk/... or /dev/mapper device map should be used as target disk for the deployment. Thus a setup to stick the deployment to e.g /dev/ram1 would look like this <oem-unattended-id>ram1</oem-unattended-id> This Fixes #221 - Don't delete ip tools from oemboot network tools are needed for oem disk deployment via pxe - Added .coveragerc Clearly indicate which source files are excluded from the coverage report - Make sure setupMachineID also cares for dbus Systemd and dbus should use the same machine-id. Therefore a symlink /var/lib/dbus/machine-id pointing to /etc/machine-id is created right after systemd-machine-id-setup. Fixes #219 - Fixup duplication of btrfs toplevel volume If using root btrfs snapshot, the default toplevel subvolume is set to /(a)/.snapshots/1/snapshot, thus all defined subvolumes are mounted under that cusomized default subvolume. For the first time subvolumes are mounted it is fine to include /(a)/.snapshots/1/snapshot prefix as root is not yet set to that specific path, however in any future mount this path prefix is not needed any more, as the root get mounted in /(a)/.snapshots/1/snapshot by default. Fixes (bsc#1015549) - Bump version: 8.29.0 ? 8.29.1 - Rebuild schema documentation - Bump version: 8.28.3 ? 8.29.0 - Running config.sh after including the image repositories This commit rearranges some code lines in order to run the config.sh script after the repositories of the image have been included, this way repositories can be trusted and refreshed in config.sh script. - Update container builder code to new schema layout - Auto update image descriptions to schema v6.5 - Update schema for container setup In preparation to support creation of native docker containers the way docker likes it, the kiwi schema has to be adapted. So far there was no way to specify additional metadata information for containers. With this commit a new section called <containerconfig> is provided. containerconfig is a subsection of the type and only allowed for the docker image type. This constraint is checked via a schematron rule. In addition an xslt stylesheet moves the currently existing container attribute, which was used to set a name for the container, into the new containerconfig section as name attribute - Bump version: 8.28.2 ? 8.28.3 - Fixed quadruple_token tokenizer Information not provided should end up as a None type in the list in any case. If an empty string was provided via e.g --add-repo source,type,, the tokenizer puts in an empty string. If the information was provided as --add-repo source,type a None type was used. The code handling the information expected a None type for not provided information, with an empty string we end up in validation code which e,g complains that an empty string can't be converted into an integer base repo priority - Bump version: 8.28.1 ? 8.28.2 - Update documentation Default provider must be set in the caller environment if different from the default docker provider - Bump version: 8.28.0 ? 8.28.1 - Update container builder documentation Add information about the now available kiwi build box and the use of it as part of libvirt provider setup for vagrant - Bump version: 8.27.5 ? 8.28.0 - Bump version: 8.27.4 ? 8.27.5 - Fixup spec file build requires shadow tools are needed for %pre tasks using groupadd/useradd tools - Bump version: 8.27.3 ? 8.27.4 - Fixup spec file tftp group/user setup Let %pre fail if groupadd/useradd failed and show the error to the user - Added DiskFormatVagrantLibVirt class Allow to build vagrant boxes for the libvirt provider This Fixes #15 - Update vagrantconfig schema setup Delete the virtualbox provider, As long as there is no opensource variant for the ovf creation available we won't support that provider - Bump version: 8.27.2 ? 8.27.3 - Adapt documentation to rtd schema replace topic node used for abstract by a hint. This results in a color box for the abstract which looks better than what rtd does with simple topics - Adapt schema generator to rtd doc schema - Move to rtd sphinx schema The read-the-docs schema fits better into the mainstream of online documentation - Bump version: 8.27.1 ? 8.27.2 - Added check_volume_setup_has_no_root_definition The root volume in a systemdisk setup is handled in a special way. It is not allowed to setup a custom name or mountpoint for the root volume. Therefore the size of the root volume can be setup via the @root volume name. This check looks up the volume setup and searches if there is a configuration for the '/' mountpoint which would cause the image build to fail - Prevent warning about unknown opt in workflow doc - Bump version: 8.27.0 ? 8.27.1 - Rebuild schema documentation - Add a docstring for the extension section Short description what the extension section is good for - Prevent any type from attribute recursion The schema parser to create the documentation run into an endless recursion for the new k.any type. As any could be anything there is not much do document for this type. Thus it is now skipped from the traversal - Bump version: 8.26.1 ? 8.27.0 - Update documentation per review - Including minimum volume size offset in disk size calculation This commit adds Defaults:get_min_volume_mbytes() to the disk size calculation algorithm. This should be sufficient to hold fdisk default offset when creating the first partition and also to hold the LVM metadata. - Added extension documentation - Make sure to catch exceptions from xsltproc - Add extension validation and data access If an extension section exists the xml data in this section is validated against the RelaxNG schema which must be part of the xmlcatalog for the used extension namespace. If the data validates the method get_extension_xml_data can be used to access the etree parse result for each of the extension configurations - LVM volumes management during grub2 install During the grub2 install process volumes were not mounted properly, a proper mount order was not taken into consideration and LV device information was not given by the method get_volumes in VolumeManger. This commit forces the mount (and umount) operations to be done in coherent order and also modifies the get_volumes method in order to return the device associated to each volume. - Allow <extension> section for custom plugins For the use case to add additional image description information an extension section exists which allows to add custom section and attributes. Custom XML information must be connected to a namespace in order to avoid conflicts with the existing structure. The following example shows how to place additional XML information: <image> <extension xmlns:my_plugin="http://www.my_plugin.com"> <my_plugin:my_feature> <my_plugin:title name="cool stuff"/> </my_plugin:my_feature> </extension> </image> - Fixed expansion of msdos disks If the target disk size is beyond 2TB it can't be expanded to the full size if the msdos partition table layout is in use. Because of this the disk expansion will be limited to the allowed maximum for the msdos partition table type which is at 2TB. This fixes bnc#1010966 - Bump version: 8.26.0 ? 8.26.1 - Fixup of string + operator vs. join use - Fixed setup_disk_image_config in bootloader setup The parameter for the uuid is not enough to handle all supported disk geometries. If the disk has an extra boot partition the bootloader setup must read the boot data from the boot partition but must set the root for the kernel cmdline to the root partition. Therefore the interface needs to change and must provide both the boot_uuid and the root_uuid in oder to allow the method to setup the correct values - Parse arch attribute as a comma separated list This commit ensure that the arch attribute of each package section is parsed as a comma separated list. This way, as in previous kiwi versions, each package might be suitable for one or more specified architectures. - Fixup kernel name setup in disk builder The Kernel instance is the only correct place to ask for the kernel name. This class has the responsibility to know information about the selected kernel. The additional arch based assumption on the kernel name in the disk builder were wrong. This fixes bnc#1011936 - Fixed typo in solver api documentation - Bump version: 8.25.5 ? 8.26.0 - No more hard links in result bundle This commit changes the copy command of the result bundle task. Now instead of creating hardlinks a relugar copy is performed. This way we ensure that the bundled files will not be modified by overwritting a linked file. - Documentation workflow review - The Sat solver class - an example The Sat solver class can be used to run a solver operation over a list of packages and/or patterns in order to receive a dependency solved list of all required packages according to the request. In order to do that a set of repositories is required which provides the package metadata and their requirements. The following is an example how to use the Sat class in your application: ```python from kiwi.solver.sat import Sat from kiwi.system.uri import Uri from kiwi.solver.repository import SolverRepository solver = Sat() solver.add_repository( SolverRepository(Uri('obs://leap/42.2/repo/oss', 'yast2')) ) print(solver.solve(['vim'])) ``` - Fixup code smell for kernel name list Iterating over only one list item doesn't need a loop - Fixup style to be more pythonic - Fixed release network using ip tool Apply the cidr fix from setupNic and introduce a new method called deleteNic which replaces the wrong ip call from the releaseNetwork method. Fixes bnc#1003091 - KIWI workflow documentation This commit ports the workflow documentation from previous KIWI version and also adds a sections for listing the boot parameters configurable in the Kernel command line. - Fixed kernel name lookup Complete the list of kernel names for the lookup. Normally the kernel package provides a symlink to the actual kernel image file. However if the link does not exist we extend the search to a collection of names for possible kernel images. The new list now also covers kernel names as used for arm Along with the change this patch also provides an option to raise an exception if the kernel lookup did not find any kernel, which is used for the get_kernel() request in the dracut initrd system setup where it is mandatory to find a kernel image. This fixes bnc#1010874 - Added Sat solver class Added implementation for Solver class based on the SUSE libsolv C library and the solv python binding - Bump version: 8.25.4 ? 8.25.5 - Fixup lease time in setupNetworkWicked The default lease time with 300s used by wicked is relatively short and different from the default lease time of the former dhcpcd. This change causes wicked to use a lease time of 3600s This is related to bnc#1003091 - Fixup default behavior of releaseNetwork If no tool was found to communicate with the dhcp server in order to free the lease the method did nothing. However it should at least bring down the network. This is related to bnc#1003091 - Bump version: 8.25.3 ? 8.25.4 - Fixup get_volumes for lvm manager The method also returned the root volume in the list of volumes but it should only return a list of volumes excluding root volume - Fixup setupNic for address information in cidr Ignore netmask if address is already in cidr format - Bump version: 8.25.2 ? 8.25.3 - Fixup btrfs property setup The readonly property is set on the filesystem toplevel. kiwi has set the toplevel before any property is set. - vhdfixed images result compression This commit adds compression to the Result instance of the vhdfixed disk. This concrete format is not compressed or dynamic, so that, it makes sense compress them. Also this was the behavior in previous kiwi versions. - Replace tabs with spaces - Fixup handling for root_is_readonly_snapshot The information was not passed to the VolumeManager instance - Fixup mount_volumes in VolumeManagerBtrfs It is required to mount the toplevel btrfs filesystem if not already mounted, prior to mounting the subvolumes - Fixed busy mount state Make sure subvolumes are umounted first. This prevents a busy state in a partition setup with an extra boot partition - Bump version: 8.25.1 ? 8.25.2 - Fixup creation of etc/default/grub config file Only create the file if the base directory structure in etc/default exists. - Remove empty line too much - Implement loading of snapshots and fix snapshot menu layout. If you want to boot an old snapshot, but not to do a rollback, we need to tell the kernel which snapshot to use. This patch also fixes the broken layout of the grub snapshot menu. - Move source of grub-snapshot.cfg to the right position grub-snapshot.cfg should not be sourced at the begining, but at the end of grub.cfg. Else with creating the first snapshot this entry is getting the default boot target and the system does not boot automatically anymore. - Fixup netboot code for multipath boot device If the root disk in a netboot deployment is a multipath device we have to make sure the multipathd is started and the boot device is mapped to the wwn - Bump version: 8.25.0 ? 8.25.1 - Update doc string for download_from_repository The doc string for this method contained a mime string which is spuriously validated by the sphinx url checker. This commit rewords the text in a way that the checker is happy again - Bump version: 8.24.10 ? 8.25.0 - Do not delete all repositories if there aren't repositories to import (#191) This commit adds a tester method to check if there is any repository marked as imageinclude. The method is used to execute import_repositories_marked_as_imageinclude method only when it is actually needed. - grub.cfg: Fixes for btrfs as rootfs This addresses the following issues * An image based on btrfs using the entire boot as a subvolume causes grub to be unable to find its config file. Thus kiwi now raises an exception in this situation * Don't prefix the bootpath with the snapshot path if the btrfs root is placed in a snapshot. Instead the file etc/default/grub must be written/updated with the SUSE_BTRFS_SNAPSHOT_BOOTING variable set to true. Once this is done the bootpath is consistently set to /boot no matter which snapshot is active - grub.cfg: Source grub-snapshot.cfg if present Add a lookup for /.snapshots/grub-snapshot.cfg to the generated grub.cfg. The file is shell sourced if it exists - No need to mock Path.which There is no need to mock Path.which as isoinfo binary from the platform is needed to run the test, so better let the system look for it, note that the binray can be located in the alternate location (/usr/lib/genisoimage/) which is not part of the PATH. In that particular case the iso_test would fail if we mock Path.which. - Updated system size calculations test - Updated test for vhd-fixed subformat type - Increase the default image size for XFS filesystems When no size is specified in type section the resulting image size is calculated using the size of the whole build-root increased by an empiric factor. Some tests revealed that this factor was not enough for XFS filesystems. The empiric factor has been increased. This commit fixes #186 - vhd-fixed name corrected in subformat init class This commit reverts the previous one and it applies the name change to the subformat class initializer. This way the schema is not altered and we keep compatibility with previous description files. - vhdfixed format naming inconsistency vhdfixed storage format name was not updated according its real name in the kiwi schema, making it impossible to build any vhdfixed image. The schema used to expect 'vhd-fixed', however, internally, the code was expecting 'vhdfixed'. The schema has been updated. This commit fixes #184 - Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmDir Add support for local rpm-dir repositories - ActivateImage links correction Loading the iso image into a read-only ramdisk caused some issues due to the activatImage method cp commands. With this commit the symlinks are consistent during the preinit phase and also before running the cp command it is tested we are not in a read-only filesystem. This commit is a port form openSUSE/kiwi#613 PR - Implemented SolverRepositoryRpmMd Add support for rpm-md repository types - Fixup ip setup in setupNic The invocation of ip in setupNic was invalid. The way this was done causes the netmask to be set as broadcast address Related to bnc#1003091 - Implemented SolverRepositorySUSE Add support for SUSE online and media repository types - Add repo_type info to Uri class This allows to eliminate the repo_type from the paramter list of the SolverRepository class, which then only needs an instance of Uri - Implement SolverRepositoryBase Base class and interface for building a SAT solvable from a given repository - Added API doc hook for solver path - Bump version: 8.24.9 ? 8.24.10 - Delete sphinxcontrib-programoutput setup Deleted it from virtualenv development requirements and from the sphinx configuration file - Delete use of sphinxcontrib-programoutput The developers of this sphinx extension decided to delete the module on pip and also the source from git... it's dead. Thus I replaced the dynamic usage output in the manual pages with the static version - Initial structure to support SAT solvables A SAT solvable can be used together with python-solv to implement performant package solving tasks. This is the initial structure to allow the creation of such solvable files from specified repositories. We will support the repo types yast2, rpm-md and rpm-dir in the first place. - updateOtherDeviceFstab did not get the fstab location parameter This is port from the kiwi v7 code base openSUSE/kiwi#610 - Load the default unicode font in grub2 This commit fixes #179. The default font was never loaded, the loadfont call for the default was missing. - Bump version: 8.24.8 ? 8.24.9 - Fixed waitForStorageDevice Value for storage_size was not really used - Bump version: 8.24.7 ? 8.24.8 - Make sure kiwiserver/kiwiservertype is used If kiwiserver and/or kiwiservertype is specified on the kernel commandline they should take over precedence for up- and download of image files compared to the host setup in the IMAGE variable. - Don't mix python module requirements The tox setup mixes the deps modules depending on the tox target with either virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt or fixed deps lists in tox.ini. This change clean up the module dependencies for development targets to be taken from virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt exclusively - Update travis runtime requirements Installing python modules from source via pip requires git - Bump version: 8.24.6 ? 8.24.7 - sphinxcontrib-programoutput no longer on pypi Use the version from git directly to build the documentation In the long we should find an alternative for this sphinx extension - Fixup root init with existing host cache Creating a new root init with a shared location which already provides directories of the system failed on init of those directories. Only create the not yet existing directories - Fixup the wicked thing again - Put setupNetworkWicked in line with former dhcpcd The way setupNetworkWicked implements the dhcp discovery was incomplete. This Fixes bnc#1003091 - Fixup assembling of mdraid array when udev discovers an mdraid array it partially starts the array. That is interfering with the mdadm --assemble call by kiwi which leads to a busy state and an array in inactive state. Therefore the method should wait until the raid array really exists no matter if the assembling is started by udev or kiwi's mdadm call. In addition if the array got assembled but is incomplete because devices are missing or the timout is fired, an additional call to start any array that has been partially assembled is required. pxeRaidAssemble will throw an exception if after this call no md device with a size > 0 will show up after a timeout. This Fixes bnc#1000742 - Fixup waitForStorageDevice The function will return success if the size of the storage device can be obtained and is greater than zero. The pure success on reading from the block layer is not enough. In order to actually work with the device it must provide a size > 0. Related to bnc#1000742 - Bump version: 8.24.5 ? 8.24.6 - Fixup initial directory creation for new root During testing of alternative cache locations an init problem with the var/ directory was observed - Do not allow imageinclude for images build in obs Fixes #178 - SystemPrepare instance delete before runnig SystemSetup This commit fixes#175, now multiple profiles in OBS are possible using kiwi boot initrd. - Use docopt's default value feature for cache dir - Cleanup unit tests using sys.argv The tests should restore to the default argv option set as provided by the test_helper - Update manual page Include information for new --shared-cache-dir option - Added global option --shared-cache-dir The option allows to specify an alternative shared host_to_image cache directory. The default location is /var/cache/kiwi. Fixes #92 - Fixed a couple of constraints - Redo of xml_parse.py with updated generateDS - Initialize the systemd machine ID on first boot The systemd machine id is considered to be a unique information Thus it is required to initialize it on first boot of the image. If the image uses the kiwi boot code (initrd) this action is performed and and Fixes #169 - Bump version: 8.24.4 ? 8.24.5 - Some tests slightly modified in order to improve coverage This commit improves some example kiwi files and tests in order to achieve a 100% code coverage. - Corrections on test kiwi description files Some attributes needed to be changed in the test xmls. With this commit all the description files are consistent with the new co- occurrence constraints. - Co-occurrence constraints included in the schema Constraints for pxe, iso, vmx, oem and docker image types have been included. - config.partids only required for kiwi initrd If dracut is used as initrd system an unused config.partids file is generated. The partition id information is only used by kiwi boot code not by dracut boot code. Related to bnc#1005246 - Bump version: 8.24.3 ? 8.24.4 - Make sure dracut initrd is copied correctly - Fixed a rounding error in partedMBToCylinder method bc truncates number of cylinders to zero decimal places, which results in a partition that is slightly smaller than the requested size. Add one cylinder to compensate. - Integrating Schematron syntax in schema Using Schematron syntax in schema co-occurrence constraints can be easily defined. This commit provides the schematron integration. - Bump version: 8.24.2 ? 8.24.3 - Write fstab to kiwi boot image only For the dracut initrd system the call happens in the system root tree which already provides the fstab data - Bump version: 8.24.1 ? 8.24.2 - Dereference boot arch symlinks - Bump version: 8.24.0 ? 8.24.1 - Fixed typo in build Makefile target - Bump version: 8.23.0 ? 8.24.0 - Use format method for messages in image_resize There are more places where this cleanup from %x format attributes to the format() method is required. Here it is done in the scope of the image resize task - Bump version: 8.22.0 ? 8.23.0 - Fixed setup.py custom install target Make install method aware of --single-version-externally-managed This option is passed to the call by pip if not installed as egg - Added setuptools to development requirements - Delete travis pypi deployment After weeks of try and error, this simply does not work for me Manual deployment via make pypi and a local account works fine Maybe this can be solved in the future but for now I can live with a manual step - Package kiwi/boot/arch into sub archive The sdist target runs into an infinite loop if installed via pip. It seems the symlink files below boot/arch confuses distutils - Bump version: 8.21.1 ? 8.22.0 - Revert "pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr" This reverts commit 428436988d1db1017adfb6e92dbc3235d54e06b3. - Only resize disk format if required Only resize the disk format if the raw disk has been changed If the size of the raw disk is the same as the requested size just print a message to the user - Simplify help call - Smarter way to calculate bytes from a size unit - Explicitly bool check for the service name option From docopt we expect a True/False value for the selected service name positional parameter. Thus the code should also make it clear what we expect - Use format method instead of printf like style - Update resize_raw_disk method Do not resize the disk if an attempt to resize to the same size was made. Do not fail in this situation but indicate via a bool return value if an action has happened(True) or not(False) - Use latest version of pip for tox setup - Revert "Fixup travis setup" This reverts commit ee9e633d78833d02a535e6f4d2ce775425082872. - Revert "Fixup travis.yml" This reverts commit 1c80841e8c264ba1957e2ae6b53d2af2929479b0. - Fixup travis.yml Make sure python-tox gets installed - Fixup travis setup No need to install requirements, this is all done by tox - pycparser 2.15 does not play well with xattr Use pycparser 2.14 in setup.py and virtual env requirements - Fixed setup.py install target pip calls the install target but not the build target. For kiwi's tools this means they need to run the tools compilation if not already done prior to the installation of the tools - Call dracut in system root tree Change BootImageDracut class to call dracut in the specified system root directory and not in a self prepared new root environment. dracut reads scripts and dracut module configurations from the installed system components, e.g kdump. Therefore calling it from an isolated runtime environment creates an initrd which is not matching the system components. Fixes bnc#1005246 - Added kiwi image resize command The image resize command allows to resize a disk image and its optional disk format to a new disk geometry - Added manual page for image resize command - Add raw format to subformat factory - Allow ftp:// uri style for package repositories - Add grub2-efi-modules in rhel boot descriptions This package provides the efi modules which are needed if a custom efi module is build by kiwi via grub2-mkimage - Fixup doc string for target_removable attribute The default behaviour was not explained clear enough - Added resize_raw_disk method in DiskFormatBase Allow to increase the disk geometry of a disk image file in order to create free space on this disk - Handle target_removable in kiwi disk builder - Handle target_removable in kiwi boot code - Store kiwi_target_removable in profile env - Added target_removable attribute Indicate if the target disk for oem images is deployed to a removable device e.g a USB stick or not. This only affects the EFI setup if requested and in the end avoids the creation of a custom boot menu entry in the firmware of the target machine on first boot. This is related to bnc#993130 - Use XML parser to test XML output for info.xml - parenthesis in imports only for multi-line imports - Delete unused textwrap import - Move info.xml test data into its own file - Fixup code smells per review Only import what is needed, concat strings by a join - Create info.xml file for btrfs snapshot If the system is installed into a btrfs snapshot a metadata file called info.xml is created which is used by tools like snapper. Fixes bnc#1000117 - Cleanup use of cache location - Updated hideSplash method hideSplash method now hides the splash image regardless of an active console is detected or not. This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601 - Fixing wrong spaces - Updated fetchFile method Now it makes sure the splash is hidden before showing any progress dialog. This commit is port from openSUSE/kiwi#601 - Bump version: 8.21.0 ? 8.21.1 - Fixup wicked DNS data validation wicked provides DNS info in DNSSERVERS with a space as separator and not with a ',' as it was the case in dhcpcd - Do not bundle the raw disk if a format is setup Only bundle the compressed version of the .raw disk image if no disk format like qcow2, vmdk, etc... is specified. Fixes #159 - Do not compress disk formats Stay compatible with the former version of kiwi and do not compress disk formats like qcow2, vmdk, etc... It also does not make much sense since the disk formats itself are using a compression algorithm. Fixes #159 - Support yum repository priorities yum normally installs the latest version of a package, regardless of which repository provides it. The yum-plugin-priorities provides a method to prefer a package from a repository with a higher priority. Fixes #153 - Bump version: 8.20.22 ? 8.21.0 - Fix attributes_not_used helper script The script is used to check which parts of the XML schema are not used by the new (kiwi v8) version. The information is helpful to find missing or obsolete attribute handling in v8 vs. v7 - Modified few code lines to match landscape's quality standards - Use tmpfs for write overlay in netboot via nbd/aoe - Added support for multiple `--add-profile` options - Added '--add-profile' option in compat mode This commit fixes #154. With this, the compatiblity mode accepts the `--add-profile` option which was present in previous kiwi versions and that is translated to `--profile` in the current version. - Add set_property_readonly_root for volume manager The custom option root_is_readonly_snapshot is evaluated for the method set_property_readonly_root(). If set and the root filesystem has been installed into a btrfs snapshot the filesystem is turned into read-only mode - Evaluate root_is_readonly_snapshot in disk builder - Added btrfs_root_is_readonly_snapshot attribute The attribute allows to specify if the root filesystem should be set to read-only if it is created as a btrfs snapshot. The option only has an effect if a btrfs snapshot is used as root filesystem. Fixes bnc#1000080 - Bump version: 8.20.21 ? 8.20.22 - Added test for -udf flag for genisoimage/mkisofs - Added forcing UDF filesystem for large images Included -udf flag to force UDF filesystem usage - Fixed secure boot setup for iso media Provide the shim loader and the shim signed grub loader in the required boot path. Normally this task is done by the shim-install tool. However, shim-install does not exist on all distributions and the script does not operate well in CD environments from which we generate live and/or install media. Thus shim-install is used if possible at install time of the bootloader because it requires access to the target block device. In any other case the kiwi fallback code applies - Added support for mkisofs genisoimage and mkisofs tools are slightly different so this commit makes sure all flags are supported in both tools. - Fixed hybrid setup for large ISO images The isohybrid tool uses fseek() to locate the bootloader files. That's unfortunately not 64-bit safe. In case of an ISO image bigger than 4G this leads to 32-bit offset issues. kiwi can workaround this problem by putting the bootloader files near the top of the iso image, which is done by a change in the sortfile of this commit - Added rpm_excludedocs handling for yum rpm supports the --excludepath option. However, yum can not be configured to pass along options to rpm or the python interface it uses. Thus only a warning about excludedocs not being supported by kiwi for yum is issued. Fixes #133 - Added rpm_excludedocs handling for apt Setup the appropriate dpkg options to avoid the installation of manual pages and package documentation if rpm_excludedocs is set in the kiwi XML description. Related to #133 - Make sure netboot code populates kiwi_RootPart For disk based images the file config.partids is written and imported. However, for netboot stations a disk is optional and no partids information exists. In order to provide at least the partition number for the root partition on netboot stations with a disk, the kiwi_RootPart is exported from the provided client configuration file. Fixes bnc#1000194 - Bump version: 8.20.20 ? 8.20.21 - Call grub2-install as chroot operation In addition to the chrooted call make sure all volumes from the volume manager (if used) are mounted at call time - Fixup grub default module list The test module is a required module in any case - Make sure fstab exists in initrd creation system - Umount volumes prior to bootloader installation - Bump version: 8.20.19 ? 8.20.20 - Respect setup of devicepersistency for swap part If a swap boot partition is requested it should be added to the fstab file according to the device persistency setup or its uuid default - Update schema documentation - Bump version: 8.20.18 ? 8.20.19 - Respect setup of devicepersistency for boot part If an extra boot partition is requested it should be added to the fstab file according to the device persistency setup or the default uuid persistency type - Only sync .mod grub2 module files When syncing the grub2 modules to the boot directory only the .mod version of the module needs to be present - Mount boot volumes on grub install If there are volumes below /boot they need to be mounted before grub2-install / shim-install is called in order to make sure all data is available in the volume - Bump version: 8.20.17 ? 8.20.18 - Make sure boot image dump is cleaned up - Refactor DiskBuilder class The DiskBuilder class is able to build a disk its corresponding format and the installation image to install this disk by using the InstallImageBuilder. However all three tasks were handled in a row which lead to the problem that resources like active mount processes were still open when e.g the disk format is created. The race conditions produced here lead to an undefined state of the resulting disk format and/or install image. In order to avoid this the DiskBuilder class has been refactored in a way that each tasks is an atomic operation which is freeing its resources after success - Delete root, boot, efi fstab setup from kiwi boot The kiwi boot code was responsible for setting up the contents of the fstab file on first boot. However the build process now provides an fstab with the generic label or uuid based fstab entries which allows to remove that part from the kiwi boot code - Add root, boot and efi partitions to fstab Make sure the above partitions are added to the generic fstab with their label or uuid at build time - Added BlockID class Class to provide support for retrieving block device metadata - Use BlockID class for block operations - Fixed fstab entries for btrfs subvolumes mount options must be part of the subvol information which itself is also a mount option - Corrected DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable validation Now it uses regex in order to validate the variable is an integer - Bump version: 8.20.16 ? 8.20.17 - Normalize mount path in get_fstab for lvm volumes - Fixed get_fstab parameter order for lvm - Bump version: 8.20.15 ? 8.20.16 - Delete fstab setup for volumes from kiwi boot code For persistent devices like LVM volumes or btrfs sub volumes the fstab setup can be done at build time. Fixes #142 - Custom device timeout variable added This commit patches the issue bnc#992992. Now DEVICE_TIMEOUT variable can be used in order to set the device waiting timeout in watForStorageDevice function. Must be a numeric value expressed in seconds. - Implement get_fstab for btrfs volume management - Fixed btrfs mount_volumes if root is snapshot The provided subvolume name contained the snapshot path which is invalid. In addition nested volumes e.g /var/cache were reduced to /cache which is wrong - Cleanup unit test Use only one instance of context manager for all tests - Create fstab entries for persistent devices Instead of creating the fstab at boot time, those entries which are generic and not depending on an unknown device name can be created as part of the image building process. - Implement get_fstab for LVM volume management - Added get_fstab to volume manager interface The volume manager interface should allow to provide fstab entries for the volumes it manages - Bump version: 8.20.14 ? 8.20.15 - Fixed evaluation of Dialog return value The return code from the Dialog boot code was evaluated after other shell code was executed. Thus the return code from the call in question was lost and misinterpreted - Make sure volumes are mounted prior to install - Fixup invalid character in bash source - Bump version: 8.20.13 ? 8.20.14 - Fixup chroot adaption for caller environment The ZYPP_CONF path is provided as part of the caller environment and not as a zypper caller parameter. However the path adaptions when calls happens chrooted was only done for the commandline arguments but not for the command environment. This patch also adapts the environment, related to Issue #133 - Make ifplugstatus available in boot images Added ifplugd to kiwi oem|netboot images for leap and tumbleweed - Prefer ifplugstatus for link up check Use ifplugstatus if present to check if the network link is up. Fallback is the old ip based method - Fixup theme setup in grub2 config template Only set the theme if the .txt file describing it exists - Fixup yum group install yum groups can contain spaces, thus quoting is required Fixes #138 - Bump version: 8.20.12 ? 8.20.13 - Follow up fix for setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked is imported twice. However the plain IPv4 address validation happened only on the first import. Fixes bnc#992989 - Fixed pxe install archive md5 file The md5 sum must be created from the uncompressed version of the disk image - Added missing trigger file for oem pxe install The config.vmxsystem trigger file was missing in the oem install initrd used when deploying a disk image over pxe - Bump version: 8.20.11 ? 8.20.12 - Integrate schema documentation into doc process The schema documentation is auto generated via the schema_parser helper tool. The tox doc target now also generates schema docs Fixes #53 - Schema docs generation helper A simple script to parse the RelaxNG schema that grabs relevant information in order to produce autogenerated documentation from the schema inline comments. - Added handling for rpm-excludedocs for zypper In zypper zypp.conf can be setup to prevent the installation of %doc marked items from rpm packages. The <rpm-excludedocs> section in the kiwi XML description is used to provide this functionality. So far this feature is only implemented for zypper. References #133 - Make sure EFI modules are provided in uefi mode For EFI secure boot (uefi) the grub2 efi modules were not copied to the target directory. shim-install normally does that by invoking grub2-install. However shim-install does not allow to call grub2-install with the required parameters as needed for loop (image) based targets. Thus kiwi calls shim-install but skips grub2-install and takes care to provide the needed EFI modules. - Revert WaitForStorageDevice patch The logic to setup a wait timeout by asking a device property from a device which does not yet exist raises a chicken and egg problem - Fixed message typo (bnc#996255) - travis: Update pypi password Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed. - Move to tar.gz as sdist target PyPI is planning to support only .tar.gz in the near future. See https://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0527. This Fixes #132 - Activate partition using parted instead of sfdisk sfdisk changes their caller semantics incompatible. Therefore we move to a tool which is still stable in the caller options Fixes #129 - Update baseStripRPM Method is a noop and only exists for compatibility kiwi handles the deletion of packages in the core builder code - Bump version: 8.20.10 ? 8.20.11 - Revert "Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py" docopt strings are not allowed to be interrupted by a newline This reverts commit b1b92ed830820530bfd7bdc5256525f3dfc01a4a. - Bump version: 8.20.9 ? 8.20.10 - Use os.linesep Python's os module provides a portable version for the line separator which should be used whenever possible. Fixes #130 - Bump version: 8.20.8 ? 8.20.9 - Fixed custom entries in vmdk machine config Each custom entry must be written in a separate line - Update API documentation Recall sphinx-apidoc and update the generated result markup - Update doc string for kiwi_compat.py Make sphinx happy - travis: Update pypi password Next try to get the automatic deployment on pypi fixed. - Bump version: 8.20.7 ? 8.20.8 - Fixup get_build_type_vmconfig_entries Make sure we can rely on a list return even if no machine section exists at all. - Add evaluation of machine's vmconfig_entry As part of the machine section it is possible to setup a custom entry which is stored in the machine configuration file. The evaluation of such an entry for the vmdk (.vmx) config file was still missing. This Fixes #122 - travis: Next try to fix automatic pypi deployment Also the travis command which added the pypi deployment part formatted the yaml file. - Fixed bootloader configuration custom kernel parameters should be added to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX and not GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT Fixes bnc#994910 - Use str.format for int to string convertion - Setup tests corrected #124 - Fixes #124 - Rearranged waitForStorageDevice code comments - Added a case statement for transport types - Removed some backquotes in favour of $() - Bump version: 8.20.6 ? 8.20.7 - Make repository an optional element So far one repository was mandatory in the XML description. However, this is not required because all repositories can be specified on the commandline - Added quotes to protect against spaces - Added getDeviceTransportType method The method gets the transport type of the given device. WaitForStorageDevice reacts according to the transport type by having a shorter timeout in case the device is a usb. - WaitForStorageDevice patch The function has been modified in order to distinguish a shorter timeout if the device is a usb. - Bump version: 8.20.5 ? 8.20.6 - Update compat options for create step The --ignore-repos, --set-repo and --add-repo options are allowed to be specified for compatibility reasons if --create is specified in the compat commandline. However, they are not used in the next generation kiwi create step because the repo information is persistently stored after the prepare step has finished, which is not the case for the legacy kiwi version - Support --ignore-repos in compat mode - Added --ignore-repos for build and prepare tasks The option allows to ignore all repos configured in the XML description. This allows to specify a complete set of repositories via the commandline - Bump version: 8.20.4 ? 8.20.5 - Preserve timestamp on grub2-install copy In order to workaround the bug in shim-install which unnecessarily calls grub2-install we replace the binary by a noop before calling shim-install. However all file attributes of the grub2-install binary, timestamp, modes, etc should stay untouched (bnc#993825) - Update documentation Move information about legacy kiwi in its own chapter - Bump version: 8.20.3 ? 8.20.4 - Update documentation Prevent to use non public url references - Bump version: 8.20.2 ? 8.20.3 - Fixup vmdk header update due to the wrong file open mode the result image was truncated on update of the vm tools version - Bump version: 8.20.1 ? 8.20.2 - Update documentation delete broken links to online ssh key blogs - Bump version: 8.20.0 ? 8.20.1 - Binary opened file should receive bytes Avoids TypeError: 'str' does not support the buffer interface for the vmdk header update - Fixed setupNetworkWicked IP address information from wicked dhcp reply consists out of two parts but we are only interested in the plain IPv4 address information at this point. Fixes bnc#992989 - Make sure DHCPCHADDR is upercase Fixes bnc#992988 - Delete obsolete <except> section The <except> section was formerly used as part of the <split> section. kiwi no longer supports static split images in favour of overlay systems based on e.g overlayfs. Fixes #120 - Better logging if Path.which doesn't find the file - Added docstring for KiwiDescriptionConflict - Fixup Command.run if called with raise_on_error set to False - indentation fix - Updated logging message Updated logging formating in a way that landscape does not complain - Updated Command to use Path.which Command.run and Command.call now make use of Path.which in order to test if the command is available or not. Also Path.which has been extended in order to support custom environments and to be able to test file permissions (read. write, execute) - protect systemd-detect-virt Protect systemd-detect-virt from being deleted in the kiwi initrd - Command validation This commit includes a validation in Command.run and Command.call in order to verify the existance of the command before running it. It case it is not found in the specified environment it raises a KiwiCommandNotFound Exception. - Detailed schema validation report This commit adds the execution of a jing process if the validation fails, that way the user has more information about what is actually failing during the validation process. If jing command is not found, it just produces an info message to warn the user and kiwi finalizes as expected. - Workaround Fix for pypi travis deployment Use all_branches: true, as we do only tag with bumpversion for a release this workaround works for us. For reference see https://github.com/travis-ci/travis-ci/issues/1675 - Bump version: 8.19.6 ? 8.20.0 - Fixed suseSetupProduct Avoid shell complaining about binary operator - Fixed baseUpdateSysConfig Check if referenced config file exists - Delete obsolete use of SuSEconfig SuSEconfig was a tool long time ago and does not exist anymore - Delete obsolete sysV init boot code Traces of chkconfig, inittab, etc/init.d are gone now - Fixed suseSetupProduct Fixed shell variable evaluation syntax - Less complex user, group traversal - Simplified example config file - Updated get_users and get_user_groups methods Get_users method has been updated in order to be able to append the groups attribute when a user is defined in multiple <users> sections in the description file. Appart from groups, all other user attributes are ignored if the user was already processed when parsing the description file. Get_users_groups method has been also updated so it returns a list of groups with unique values, keeping the description file order. - Updated xml_state The changes here modify the method get_users in xml_state in order to provide a simple list of users instead of nested lists. Also a new method to get the groups for a given user has been included in xml_state. This is done in order to slim down and facilitate the code in kiwi/system/setup.py. This way users and groups can be handled in more natural way. - Rebuild RNG schema and parser for 6.4 - Auto validate XML descriptions for schema 6.4 - Added schema conversion convert63to64.xsl - Bump kiwi schema version 6.3 -> 6.4 - Fixed 6.2 to 6.3 XSL conversion Deletion of attributes of the same section must be handled in one iteration - Updated the user schema layout Now each user item may or may not have a groups attribute. The groups attribute is a comma separated list of group names. If present the first group name will be the login or primary group, if not present, the underlying toolchain will assign the default login group for that user. - New generated schema and parser - Some corrections needed after rebuilding schema and parser - Update true/false handling of text nodes The latest version of generateDS handles <section>true|false</section> text values in a way that it returns a boolean python type instead of the text string. With this change the kiwi code has to be adapted at the level of writing the shell profile which needs the string value of boolean information - Regenerate data structures Regenerate xml_parse with latest version of generateDS. The call works in the python2.7 tox virtual environment as part of the following make target: $ make kiwi/schema/kiwi.rng - Switch to latest version of generateDS Data Structures are auto generated from the XML schema. So far the development environment has requested an older version of generateDS which will go out of service soon - fixing user schema layout - Fixed typo in boot headers OpenSuSE vs. openSUSE - Fixed typo in translation OpenSUSE vs. openSUSE - Make sure awk is available in oemboot - Explain why bytes type is redefined In python2 bytes is string which is different from the bytes type in python3. The bytes type from the builtins generalizes this type to be bytes always. However the redefinition of the bytes type is marked as Smell in landscape. Thus the code should at least inform why this is done - Use six.Iterator instead of global object builtin The use of six.Iterator as base class for the CommandIterator seems more clear and explicit compared to the global object type overwritten by the builtins import. Fixes Smell reported by landscape - Added kiwi/archive/tar class description - extending kiwi/archive/tar - Fixing gce format build The patch is two fold, first it fixes the name of the raw disk when it is copied as disk.raw. Second it fixes the content list of the tarball to be dynamicly build instead of a static allocation. Reason for this change is that the list of files depends on the XML description whether or not a gce disk tag is configured. Fixes #113 - Fixes #111: Included support for vdi format - Bump version: 8.19.5 ? 8.19.6 - Fixed changelog generator - Don't ask to start recovery in unattended mode If oem-recovery is setup in the XML description along with oem-unattended set to true as well we don't ask for confirmation to run the recovery when the recovery menu entry is selected at boot time - Release automatically on pypi (2nd try) Last try from 142ca22d8e was not working. Update the secure hash and also set explcitly the master branch when looking for tags. - Added integration build test link to doc index - Bump version: 8.19.4 ? 8.19.5 - Don't require an iso creation toolkit - Bump version: 8.19.3 ? 8.19.4 - prefer newer overlayfs mount method mount succeeds in compat mode but this mode should only be used on older overlayfs implementations - Bump version: 8.19.2 ? 8.19.3 - Message commit for bug reference Fixup of VMware disk tag references (bnc#988086) - Prevent duplication of context manager in test - Bump version: 8.19.1 ? 8.19.2 - Complete doc string for Path.which method - Implement Path.which Python provides methods to do this but we can't rely on them to be available in all python versions - Conditionally prefix encoding to vmware disk tag Prior code was always adding the encoding statement to vmware disk tag; in the event it is already present there's no need to add it a second time. See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/af1fed77af862dc44bd432268… - Remove null padding on the vmware disk tag The block of data read via dd is null padded; adding the tools data after the padding breaks detection of the data. We need to remove the nulls (0x0) so appends can occur adjacent to the block of strings. See also https://github.com/openSUSE/kiwi/pull/586/commits/ee8931c76c17c79d30a128c05… - Update documentation Cleanup structure of contribution guide - Update documentation Complete documentation about required C libraries which needs to be installed prior to setting up the python virtual development environment - Fixup dependency on genisoimage Only for SLE12 the package requires genisoimage for any other distribution mkisofs is required. The community variant with genisoimage seems to be quite outdated. However, on SLE12 only genisoimage exists. Fixes #106 - Lookup tool name by path lookup - Update import statement parenthesis only needed for multi-line multi-import - Refactor block depth on get_volumes return early if the condition makes it clear that there is nothing more to do in this method - Lookup iso creation tool Instead of strictly using genisoimage allow for using either the community variant or mkisofs as provided by J.Schilling - Refactor reading of volume variables in boot code Use new style profile variables without name limitations Related to #39 - Refactor profile for volume setup Don't use volume names in bash variables. In addition that removes the name limitations we had for volume names Related to #39 - Delete obsolete volume condition checks No need to check for LVSwap or LVComp in volume setup. If at all those volumes are created at boot time. Related to #39 - Refactor use of kiwi_allFreeVolume_ Do not expect the value to come from an exported variable Instead a method to provide the information is implemented Related to #39 - Bump version: 8.19.0 ? 8.19.1 - Fixup cleanup of intermediate config files kiwi uses e.g etc/hosts from the host system for proper name resolution during the build. The temporary variant of that file will be deleted by kiwi at the end of the installation process. However depending on the package manager and the distribution it could happen that the intermediate config file added by kiwi is treated as existing config variant. In case of rpm a .rpmnew file variant of the config file is created and that needs to be handled by kiwi. Therefore this patch adds a private restore method for the .rpmnew case. It might be needed to add other restore methods to deal with this issue depending on how other (non rpm) based package managers handles the situation. Fixes #104 - Bump version: 8.18.9 ? 8.19.0 - Make sure mtab link exists in kiwi initrd On Debian systems the filesystem tools requires the presence of the mtab file, thus we make sure this file exists and links to proc/self/mounts - Refactor use of dialog program in boot code Cleanup the mess, provide only one method to run a dialog Prevent use of subshells for running the dialog program - Fixed use of shutil.copytree The target dir must not exist. However in order to force copy a potentially existing target is deleted before - udev console init requires kbd_mode on Ubuntu keep kbd_mode in initrd - Added oemboot description for ubuntu-xenial Also add kiwi linuxrc/preinit links for vmxboot - Allow alternative location for udev console init yet another name and location for the console init utility - Remove lxc configuration from docker images Docker does not use LXC execdriver anymore. Fixes #40 - Bump version: 8.18.8 ? 8.18.9 - Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst - Fix linkcheck in container_builder.rst - Bump version: 8.18.7 ? 8.18.8 - Update Documentation Update state of supported distributions - Apply editorial review changes - Apply editorial review changes - Apply editorial review changes - Delete traces of obsolete code - Prevent unconditional deletion of toplevel data The kiwi initrd descriptions calls suseStripInitrd() as part of the images.sh script. This function unconditionally removes toplevel directories like /home. Instead of deleting the data it is better to exclude them when the cpio archive is created - Bump version: 8.18.6 ? 8.18.7 - Added serial console support for isolinux loader Generate a serial line setup for the isolinux.cfg file according to the bootloader_console attribute from the XML description. In addition delete the use of the obsolete vga kernel parameter and work with the MENU RESOLUTION ui configuration parameter instead - Bump version: 8.18.5 ? 8.18.6 - Fixed setup of default install menu entry The attribute installboot allows to specify the default boot menu entry in an install image. It can be set to harddisk, install or failsafe install. The setup of that information in the bootloader configuration was not properly processed - Fix landscape Smells - Update location of build container - Update dice source link - Update Dice project location - Apply editorial review changes - Bump version: 8.18.4 ? 8.18.5 - Fixed building of install image If dracut is requested as initrd_system in combination with building an installiso we have to overrule the initrd_system setup for building the install image. The code to install an image is kiwi's oem install code and unknown to dracut. The process will end up using dracut as initrd in the system image but kiwi's initrd on the install image - Delete kiwi-tools from rhel boot descriptions kiwi-tools is no longer a requirement but an optional package It contains tools like utimer or dcounter which provides nice boot timer or progress dialogs for showing data transfer progress. In the Virtualization:Appliances:CommonBoot repo we provide mandatory and optional packages used by kiwi if they don't exist for the target distribution - Better warning message for root cmdline setup Under certain circumstance the root=UUID=<uuid> parameter must be setup in the cmdline of the image. If the required uuid value is not provided a warning message is shown to the user. This commit makes the warning message more meaningful - Extend unit tests for boot image setup Expect kiwi_initrdname to be set in the profile of the boot image root system - Call plymouth only when installed - Add delete method for profile variables - Added article about self contained building The article describes how to make use of the dice project to control and maintain image build processes in a contained environment - Fix grub bootloader template Keep gfxpayload - Update bootloader console setup in boot code Use the variable kiwi_bootloader_console which represents the setup of the bootloader console from the XML description and setup the GRUB_TERMINAL configuration option to allow grub2-mkconfig to pick up the value. If no console setup exists in the XML description, gfxterm is used by default - Make bootloader_console availabe in profile The variable kiwi_bootloader_console is exposed into the profile environment - Delete obsolete code All traces of lilo and elilo are gone now - Fixed grub2 bootloader config template Load fonts only when they exist, do not duplicate font setup in template - Fixed bootloader theme check The check for the theme was not always called, but this is required since the theme check will reset the bootloader console if no graphics theme could be found - Bump version: 8.18.3 ? 8.18.4 - Apply back openSUSE 13.2 support Until Leap42.2 is not yet released we should keep the support for 13.2 - Added support for setting the bootloader console Some bootloader e.g grub supports graphics, text and also serial consoles to hand over the output of the bootloader menu. With this patch we allow to customize the console used by the bootloader. So far only grub makes use of the new attribute <type ... bootloader_console="serial|console|gfxterm"/> This references Trello: https://trello.com/c/q9EhNKKV/155-support-for-grub2-serial-console - Bump version: 8.18.2 ? 8.18.3 - Fixed typo in message text - Fixed vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description dracut should be installed to support initrd_system="dracut" - Update iso|vmxboot debian boot descriptions - Fixup ldd check for unused libraries - Update vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial boot description Complete description to be usable with kiwi initrd boot code too - Added baseCreateCommonKernelFile The stripKernel functions return early if the dracut initrd system is requested. However it is required in any case to lookup the kernel and provide a common name kiwi expects to be present - Set logger mode to append - Bump version: 8.18.1 ? 8.18.2 - Add distro flag match for Leap42.2 - Bump version: 8.18.0 ? 8.18.1 - Preserve zypper package cache zypper deletes the package cache if a repo is removed. For the purpose of image building this should not happen - Pass initrd_system to profile The common functions baseStripInitrd and baseStripKernel need to be skipped if the initrd system is set to dracut. They read that information from the exported kiwi_initrd_system profile environment variable - Don't delete dracut from boot image environment If the dracut initrd system is requested we need dracut to stay in the environment from which it is called - Fixup copy_boot_delete_packages if no <packages type="delete"/> section exists in the target the code does not add the packages to become deleted. This patch changes the behavior in a way that a new section is created - Add isoboot support for Ubuntu system Next step to allow creation of Debian based live systems Related to Issue #37 - Added suse-leap42.2 descriptions Obsolete suse-13.2 - Update hyper links in project README - Rename kiwi boot code files Maintain them as common code base for all distributions During the years of development it has turned out that differences in the boot process between the distros can be handled in one code base. There is no need to maintain a basically identical copy for the different distributions - Style fixes: E275 missing whitespace after keyword - Delete obsolete C tools - Prevent use of setctsid setctsid is a suse extension to start a program on a new controlling terminal. While it is very useful it does not exist on other distributions which causes a problem in kiwi's common initrd code. This patch replaces the use of setctsid with setsid and sulogin - Open log file in mode 'w' and in utf-8 locale - Delete obsolete mkinitrd code This version of kiwi supports only distros using dracut - Delete obsolete sysV init console setup code - Make use of utimer in kiwi initrd optional - Bump version: 8.17.0 ? 8.18.0 - Adapt to common python style Private methods should start with _f() not __f() - Prevent temporary files to be synced to image The package manager instances created temporary package manager configuration files. The instance destructor and thus the cleanup of the instance should be called prior to the sync of the root filesystem data in order to prevent temporary configuration files to be present in the image - Grammar fixes for doc strings - Syntax change for Importing one module - Update test_load_schema_from_xml_content test Read schemaversion from RelaxNG instead of using a fixed value - debootstrap errors deserve their own exception - Avoid glob imports This could start a series of further changes in the unit test as we have allowed for glob imports there. So treat this one as a start - Add documentation for Exceptions - Support Tox with interactively positional arguments Use posargs for py.test, see http://tox.readthedocs.io/en/latest/example/general.html - Format message with named format parameters - Avoid re-assigning variable - Fixed unit test for profile variables - Handle XML per content or file more explicit - Differentiate between Python 2.7 and 3 in doc - State Python 2.7 in Trove category of setup.py - Refactor RootInit class Instead of calling multiple subprocesses make use of the os capabilities for directories, symlinks and device nodes - Fixed use of shutil.copytree - Update ubuntu xenial vmxboot description Make sure all drivers exists when dracut is called to allow inclusion of potentially all needed driver modules - Fix Lithuanian translation - Fix Ukrainian translation - Update grub2 config tempplate Load font collection - Refactor use of os.walk result - Integrate python improvement suggestions - Integrate python improvement suggestions - don't intermingle suse namespace with debian - Deleted libxslt-tools from spec template - Fixup indentation of travis setup - Fixed license setup in spec file - Remove unused import (F401) and an extra line (W391) - Fix tests for Python3 - Fix tests for the XPath processing - Allow XMLDescription to be loaded also from the XML string - Release automatically on pypi for new tags When a new tag gets created, automatically release it on pypi so we don't have todo it manually. - Reimplement XSLT processing using LXML instead of calling 3rd party tools - Added tox 2.7 target for travis - Fixed creation of password hashes kiwi uses the openssl command for this purpose but did not strip the newline at the end of the hash output - Apply python 2.x compatibility decorators - Added tox target for python 2.7 - python 2.x compatibility added new requirements six and future modules are needed for the compat layer - Fixup grub2 theme setup We can't expect that specific fonts to exist for all theme packages in all distributions. The code here should rely only on theme.txt In addition we check if any theme or font related data is found in the legacy grub location boot/grub which imho should not be used for grub2 - Update ubuntu-xenial boot description No need for a drivers setup here, vmxboot is only the container to run dracut - Bring byte strings to Py2 compatibility in ISO - Make iterators Py2 comptible - Added boot image description vmxboot/ubuntu-xenial - Replace 'builtins.open' with patch_open decorator - Add mock_open and patch_open helpers - Remove double requirement - Use ConfigParser from six - Move urlparse to the Six package - Remove duplicate key - Add print function for Python 2 - Add missing init file - Add Python2 compatibilitiy requirements - debootstrap installs apt-get Don't add the specified package manager to the list of bootstrap packages for apt-get, because that is covered by debootstrap - Allow additional bootstrap packages for apt-get - Don't run apt-get with mounted /dev - Fixed force-yes option for apt-get - Allow unattended installation of debian packages - Added PackageManagerApt class Support installation/removal of deb packages Related to #37 - Support for apt-get package manager Starting to support Debian based distributions also means to support the deb repository types. This commit adds the RepositoryApt class to handle deb repositories for image building. Related to #37 - Bump version: 8.16.5 ? 8.17.0 - Added pypi make target for upload Please note an appropirate ~/.pypirc file and registered user is required to upload - switch_root / pivot_root quiet call - Increase default boot partition size to be 300M - Delete obsolete isFSTypeReadOnly from boot code The check was used to detect if a read-only root filesystem is in use, which can be done by checking if kiwi_ROPart is defined - Refactor use of global FSTYPE variable The kiwi boot code populates a global FSTYPE variable which was used at several places. However there was no clarity for which storage device this filesystem value was detected for. Thus the entire handling has been refactored and there is no global FSTYPE variable anymore - Add attribute <type ... overlayroot=true|false/> Allow to activate the overlay root setup for disk images - Bump version: 8.16.4 ? 8.16.5 - Update development status Status :: 5 - Production/Stable - Don't search for kiwicompat in fixed absolute path Allow alternative locations from search PATH - Integrate git attribute setup to sdist command - Add C tools binaries to git ignore list - Fixed command class name for distutils The overwritten build and install commands should not change their name in order to stay consistent on e.g --help - Fixed kiwicompat binary lookup The test for os.path.exists on just the binary name without a path specification always fails if not present in current directory. Let execvp do the job for us - Fixed entry point for kiwicompat - Use path lookup for kiwi-ng in kiwi_compat Instead of a fixed path use the PATH lookup. This would allow to install kiwi at alternative places as long as the path is part of the shell search PATH - Create completion data at build time - Move all build and install tasks to setup.py In an effort to distribute kiwi on pypi it should not be required to call make targets for a complete installation. Therefore the compilation of the C tools as well as the installation of the man pages and the bash completion has been added to setup.py. The spec file to build an rpm package has been changed to use setup.py exclusively - Delete obsolete .releasetags from MANIFEST.in This avoids a warning on setup.py build - Fixed warnings in C written tools - Bump version: 8.16.3 ? 8.16.4 - Fixed spec file update-alternatives is used, thus needs to be required - Support for overlay disk images overlay disk images uses a readonly root partition and are overlayed using overlayfs to hook in a cow based read-write space. This commit implements the basic disk setup. Implementation to boot such a disk in the kiwi boot code is still missing, as well as the investigation if dracut is able to boot such a disk too. References #65 - Bump version: 8.16.2 ? 8.16.3 - Fixed completion generator In addition cleanup the main docopt definition - Fixed completion conflict with legacy kiwi - Bump version: 8.16.1 ? 8.16.2 - Fixed spec file rpmlintrc file must be mentioned as source - Bump version: 8.16.0 ? 8.16.1 - Update quickstart documentation kiwi can also be used as a module in other python3 projects. An example how to do that has been added to the quickstart - Bump version: 8.15.5 ? 8.16.0 - Added support for grub2 console switch entry An additional hidden entry allows the user to switch between the graphics and the serial console by pressing the 't' key. The kiwi grub2 template adds this switch if the terminal mode is set to graphics. The additional entries are only effective of the grub_platform is set to efi. Fixes #80 - Fixed add_repo for zypper repositories Always run zypper addrepo in order to make any change in the repository definition to become effective - Fixed add_repo for yum repositories Always create the repo file from scratch in order to make any change in the repository definition to become effective - Bump version: 8.15.4 ? 8.15.5 - Split quickstart into two parts Split the quickstart information into a development and a user part - Bump version: 8.15.3 ? 8.15.4 - Added readonly check for persistent data When creating a partition for persistent data, check if the device class has the readonly flag set before trying to write anything there. Fixes #74 - Bump version: 8.15.2 ? 8.15.3 - Fixed removal of a package in XMLState If a <package> was unwanted in a <packages> section the former code sets the name of the package to a python None type. This causes the rest of the code to operate on potential None types which causes unexpected TypeError's under certain conditions. Instead of leaving an inconsistent package section the entire package section reference should be deleted from the packages instance holding it. Fixes #76 - Exit code for --version call should be zero - Bump version: 8.15.1 ? 8.15.2 - Set config.sh and images.sh scripts as optional - Bump version: 8.15.0 ? 8.15.1 - Fixed landscape smell Unused variable 'key' - Fixed landscape smell Redefining built-in 'help' - Fixed landscape error Dangerous default value [] as argument - Refactor import_description split code into more readable parts - Make sure mandatory vmdk settings exists Even without a machine section configuration the minimum required information must be presented to the settings template - Added store_to_result for vmdk format The vmdk format provides more than the standard result store. for vmdk we need to store the vmdk and the settings file - Reduce amount of mountpoint check calls - Refactor subformat classes Add a generic store_to_result method which allows to store the format result files into an instance of Result. This allows to customize result handling per format when needed - Create VMware settings file for vmdk subformat In order to run or convert the vmdk with VMware products a settings file is required. - Added dropped features information for lxc - Bump version: 8.14.2 ? 8.15.0 - Fixed script/archive lookup If a script or archive is specified with an absolute path in the image description, kiwi should not assume this path to exist below the image description directory but just take the absolute path as it is. Fixes #70 - Load logging at runtime for MountManager - Runtime checker message fixes Start with an empty line to improve readability - Integrate runtime checks for tasks Call appropriate runtime checks for prepare, create and build tasks. Fixes #20 - Create instance of runtime_checker for any CliTask - Fixed building documentation - Reuse env in tox.ini Reuse virtualenv directory with envdir. Should speed up things a bit. Taken from https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#partial-environ… https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#environment-reu… - Use more compact config for tox.ini Rewrite basepython to make it more compact Taken from https://blog.ionelmc.ro/2015/04/14/tox-tricks-and-patterns/#compact-configu… - Add requirements section in Quick Start * Describe what KIWI needs to run, further requirements, and for development * Introduce 'ghkiwi' as prefix in "extlinks" to shorten external links and to make linking to KIWI's GitHub repository more intuitive and consistent. For example, the string :ghkiwi:`tox.ini` is replaced with https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi/blob/master/tox.ini - Added check_target_directory_not_in_shared_cache Runtime checker method to check if the target directory was set to - or below the shared cache directory - Bump version: 8.14.1 ? 8.14.2 - Move creation of mountpoint dir to setup method The volume management classes should create the temporary mountpoint directory when it is needed and not when an instance of the class is created - Cleanup use of temporary directories All mkdtemp created directories are created with the 'kiwi_' prefix. In addition all code parts which leaves tmpdirs in the system after kiwi is done were fixed - Bump version: 8.14.0 ? 8.14.1 - Added python3-xattr dependency - Added xattr checker for DataSync class The method target_supports_extended_attributes() checks if the sync target directory supports extended filesystem attributes. The method is called on sync_data() and will remove the -X / -A options if provided. A warning message is issued to the caller if the rsync option list has changed because of the underlaying filesystem limitations - Fixed subformat creation The option -c makes only sense for the qcow2 subformat, whereas on all other format it cause qemu-img convert to fail - Use iterator protocol instead of StopIteration CommandIterator contains already the __iter__ magic method. We don't need to manually use while and next() in order to advance to the next element. => Code refactored to "for line in self.command" which does exactly the same job, but is better readable. Plus we avoid the nasty try...except block. - Remove kiwi.logger.init() function The init function is mostly unneccessary and can be directly created in the kiwi.logger module. - Remove useless __init__.py - Fixup usage messages - Bump version: 8.13.4 ? 8.14.0 - Added support for custom rootfs label A new attribute <type ... rootfs_label="name"/> has been added This Fixes #66 - Update grub2 bootloader template menuentries Mark all menuentries as --unrestricted. Fixes #64 - Bump version: 8.13.3 ? 8.13.4 - Fixed shared local repository mounts - Bump version: 8.13.2 ? 8.13.3 - Added evaluation of imageincluded repositories repositories marked as imageinclude needs to be added permanently to the image. Fixes #56 - Make xz the default compressor for squashfs When creating squashfs compressed files use xz as compressor if not other compressor is specified. Fixes #63 - Added --add|delete package for prepare command Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when calling system prepare. Fixes #62 - Alpha sort option documentation Alpha sort options in usage and man pages - Added --add|delete package for build command Allow additional packages to be installed/deleted when calling system build. Related to Issue #62 - Fixed completion generator complete for kiwi and kiwi-ng - Prevent double render on usage - Add check_image_include_repos_http_resolvable Runtime checker method to check if repositories marked with the imageinclude attribute are using a publicly available protocol - Add shared cache location to Defaults - Bump version: 8.13.1 ? 8.13.2 - Allow alternative if isolinux-config failed If the setup of the base directory failed because isolinux-config was not able to identify the isolinux.bin signature, we create a compat /isolinux directory and hardlink all loader files - Fixed typo in message Fix condition to show the grub module info message - Use program output for synopsis in documentation - Provide custom usage message Instead of the docopt way to show the usage information we provide a kiwi specific usage information. The usage data now always consists of: 1. the generic call kiwi [global options] service <command> [<args>] 2. the command specific usage defined by the docopt string short form by default, long form with -h | --help 3. the global options - Fixed loadSELinuxPolicy enforce policy is located in /sys/fs/selinux - No authconfig on RHEL >= 7 - Activate SELinux for RHEL systems Added new boot method loadSELinuxPolicy and call it as part of the rhel-preinit phase. This put SELinux in enforcing mode also from the kiwi initrd - Handle fsmountoptions attribute in all builders - Refactor custom_args handling for VolumeManager class Allow for two elements fs_create_options and fs_mount_options in a VolumeManager instance and pass along the information to the FileSystem and MountManager instances - Refactor custom_args handling for FileSystem class Any FileSystem class can receive a custom_args dictionary which by defaults ensures the presence of an empty list for create_options and mount_options. The create_options are used in the subclasses when the filesystem is being created and the mount_options are passed to the MountManager when the filesystem is mounted for e.g data_sync - Make kiwicompat understand --version | -v option - Small spelling corrections Apply title style: * package -> Package * module -> Module * Use backticks for kiwi.* modules to avoid spelling problems - Update spell-checking wordlist GitHub, JeOS, KIWI, LXC, squashfs, stderr, stdin, stdout, Submodules, Subpackages, zypper - Add "spell" rule in Makefile Also included in the help target - Enable Acronyms, importable modules, and builtins - First draft to "beautify" HTML appearance * Add GitHub button and "Fork me" widgets * Add Travis button * Remove obsolete code - Bump version: 8.13.0 ? 8.13.1 - Added support for SELinux file security contexts Systems using SELinux require the filesystem data to be labeled according to a security context configuration. kiwi now checks for the presence of /etc/selinux/targeted/contexts/files/file_contexts and labels accordingly if it exists. This Fixes #52 - Make grub2 installation path lookup dynamic Not all linux systems installs grub2 below /usr/lib/grub2 For example RHEL7 packages it below /usr/lib/grub. Therefore kiwi needs to be flexible with this path - Used :returncode: for sphinxcontrib-programoutput Fix a warning when calling "kiwi-ng". As the script returns 1, it is considered to have failed by the program-output directive. The returncode line fixes that. See more info here: https://pythonhosted.org/sphinxcontrib-programoutput/#error-handling - Integrate version string from placeholder Use |version| placeholder, no bumpversion etc. is needed. Actually, it's taken from conf.py - Added RuntimeChecker class An instance of RuntimeChecker allows to semantically check for error conditions according to the provided image description and build options. Related to #20 - Spell checking doc and extended word list - Add filesystem requires in kiwi-boot-requires In order to have all filesystem creation tools available when building in the buildservice we need to require them in kiwi-boot-requires - Bump version: 8.12.0 ? 8.13.0 - Set ident export-subst git attribute on version.py - Bump version: 8.11.0 ? 8.12.0 - Fixed documentation link references Use redirected target and fix broken targets according to link check on make build - Fixed typo in documentation Missing question mark at end of sentence - Bump version: 8.10.1 ? 8.11.0 - Fixed typo - Added Legacy KIWI vs. Next Generation chapter - md -> rst, radically shortend README - More substantial changes of the doc * Overall: try to be more consistent * index.rst * Move "Supported Distributions" and "Dropped Features" sections * Quick Start: * Add abstract * Add note about automatic link creation * Move "example appliance description" sections and subsections further down * Streamlined "Contributing" section * Corrected titles and distinguish more between descriptive and procedural - Remove useless substitutions (placeholders) - Add KIWI logo - Move Motivation section from quickstart to index - Correct heading and remove build status - Add QuickStart Guide and improve documentation * Added Quick Start Guide, taken from README.md * Improve index/main file: * Shortend main entry page * Make more headings * Add feature highlights to draw attention * Add sidebar with important KIWI links * Use ordered list of KIWI concept (prep and creation step) - Add package manager requirements in spec file - Update README - Update README - Update README - Move program name from kiwi-py3 to kiwi-ng - Added genisoimage requirement to kiwi spec file On SLE12 we only have genisoimage, on Leap and Tumbleweed we have both genisoimage and mkisofs. For the moment both toolkits produces working iso images with kiwi, thus I chose the save default with genisoimage - Be more flexible for isoinfo lookup isoinfo can either be provided by the community package in /usr/lib/genisoimage/isoinfo or by the mkisofs package from J. Schilling in /usr/bin/isoinfo. kiwi should be smart enough to lookup which tool is installed. /usr/bin/isoinfo will be preferred - Update README Added link to documentation - Try with latest version of travis-sphinx - ghp-import required for travis-sphinx deploy - Make sure enchant library is present for travis - Update tox setup Update TOXENV targets - Move travis-sphinx build tox target to script section - Use tox target for travis-sphinx - Put travis-sphinx build into script section - Make travis-sphinx deploy work It's required to call travis-sphinx build in order to be able to run the deploy command - Fixed documentation linkcheck results - Make sure shared mount directories exists Create shared directory path on the host _and_ in the new root directory to make sure the bind mount works - Update documentation entry page - Use travis-sphinx to deploy doc to github https://suse.github.io/kiwi - Fixed package requirements libxslt-tools provides required xsltproc - Update README for style and markup - Fixed README, wrong markup - Update README Add information how to build with dice - Add part_msdos module for self build EFI image - Update tox.ini Documentation building requires sphinx_rtd_theme and sphinxcontrib-programoutput - Update volume_manager inline API documentation References #49 - Update utils inline API documentation References #49 - Update tasks inline API documentation References #49 - Complete system inline API documentation References #49 - Use Path.wipe instead of directly calling rm - Update system inline API documentation References #49 - Update storage inline API documentation References #49 - Fixed typo - Cleanup use of partition id maps For the partition setup the Disk class uses dictionaries to map the partition name to the partition number. However there are public partition names such as 'kiwi_BootPart' and kiwi internal partition names such as 'boot'. The code should make it more clear which mapping table is used - Update repository inline API documentation References #49 - Update partitioner inline API documentation References #49 - Complete bootloader inline API documentation References #49 - Update README Add chapter about signing commits - Update README - Update README - Update package_manager inline API documentation References #49 - Update filesystem inline API documentation References #49 - Update container inline API documentation References #49 - Update builder inline API documentation References #49 - Update bootloader/template inline API documentation References #49 - Complete bootloader install interface - Update bootloader/install inline API documentation References #49 - Move get_failsafe_kernel_options to Defaults - Update bootloader/config inline API documentation References #49 - Update boot/image inline API documentation References #49 - Update archive inline API documentation References #49 - Delete traces of zfs support - Update inline API documentation References #49 - Update inline API documentation - Update inline API documentation - Update inline API documentation - Update inline API documentation - Ignore auto generated code for API docs - Update inline API documentation - Update api documentation setup - package kiwi-pxeboot must not be noarch We want to specify for which arch we provide it. Thus it's not allowed to specify it as noarch even though it provides only noarch data - Create Initial autodoc structure Called 'sphinx-apidoc -o source/api ../kiwi' - Fixup docstring for kiwi/command.py - Move manual page documentation in subdirectory Separate api documentation from manual pages - Update virtualenv development setup make sure we can build the docu in the development environment - Add docstrings for Cli class References Issue #49 - Fixed ppc setup of etc/default/grub_installdevice On power grub must be installed into the Prep partition into the master boot record of the disk - Add Python 3.5 to be consistent with Travis - Fixed logger unit test - Make color output an option By default no color output is used - Added missing kiwi-packagemanager provides The buildservice looks up for a package manager capability - Fixed spec file syslinux is not a requirement for the base package - Check for derived description path in prepare too - Refactor SystemSetup class the information about the description_dir is part of the provided xml_state instance. There is no need to pass that information along twice - Fixed use of derived_description_dir Only in import_description we need to check for both locations - Make sure import_description preserves archives - Refactor InstallBootLoaderGrub2 constructor architecture dependant device setup belongs to the install method where it is actually needed. That prevents the construction of the instance to be architecture specific - Make list of efi grub modules arch dependant - Revert "Delete efi_uga module from list" This reverts commit 191d423eb571d3cc08f34b5e4ef15eb6296a6563. - Delete efi_uga module from list - add multiboot grub module only on demand multiboot is only needed for self build grub images in Xen guest mode - Don't raise if kversion exits with error In this case a default value applies - Activate partitioner support for arm - Add optional derived_from param to XMLDescription An instance of XMLDescription can now optionally become constructed with a path to an image description this instance was derived from. This is currently used for building the kiwi boot image to tell the boot image XML description instance from which system image instance it was derived from - Evaluate default video mode for iso images - Added custom profile for arm/oemboot/suse-tumbleweed - Update firmware types for arm architectures Add efi and uefi as allowed types, complete architecture name list set efi as default firmware for arm - Added pre/post hooks for bootloader setup/install preInstallBootLoader, postInstallBootLoader preSetupBootLoader, postSetupBootLoader - Fixed architecture dependant tests - Added support for virtual boot partition on arm Triggered by the firmware="vboot" setup an EFI setup plus a raw partition without filesystem is created as first partition. The size of the partition can be controlled by the vbootsize attribute. The vboot feature is used by the arm architecture to provide a space in the partition table for custom code as required by e.g the chromebook. The final customization of the vboot space is board specific and can't be implemented in a generic way in kiwi. For finalizing the vboot space the script hooks editbootconfig and editbootinstall can be used This is related to Issue #17 - Rename partition id kiwi_JumpPart to kiwi_EfiPart This makes it explicit for what purpose the partition is really used. EFI is not configured the same for all architectures but what is consistent is that on this partition an efi image is located to become loaded by some firmware - Activate boot partition only for msdos tables - have tar preserve all xattrs By default tar will only preserve a subset of the capabilities with --xattrs. Adding --xattrs-include=* should preserve all capabilities (e.g. user.*, security.capability etc.). - Preserve hybrid GPT status on boot Added createHybridGPT method and setup the hybrid GPT/MBR table if requested by the XML configuration. In addition move the partition activation call also into the partition table finalize method. This is related to Issue #17 - Refactor partition table setup code Added two methods preparePartitionTable and finalizePartitionTable which are used to prepare the partition table to allow resizing and to finalize for partition flags after resizing. This replaces the updatePartitionTable method - Delete obsolete GPT fixup code Related to bnc#825221 code was added to recreate the disk with a new GPT label. The reason was that parted created a gpt_sync_mbr partition table when kiwi repartitioned the disk to use the full geometry. This was an unwanted behavior by parted and causes the additional code in kiwi. The current parted version behaves correctly and thus makes this additional code obsolete - Added support for hybrid GPT Embedding an MBR into a GPT is required for a collection of boards, e.g arm rapberry PI. The kiwi configuration provides a new attribute called <type ... gpt_hybrid_mbr="true|false" which allows to control if the GPT should be hybrid or not. On build procedures which do not create a GPT the attribute has no effect. This references Issue #17 - Update all XML descriptions to schema v6.3 - Added make valid target to Makefile make valid applies the latest XSLT processing to the boot and test image descriptions - Added XSL stylesheet convert62to63.xsl auto convert from schema v6.2 to v6.3 - Update schema to version 6.3 - Deleted obsolete split section - Deleted zfsoptions, fsreadwrite and fsreadonly attributes - Updated allowed values for bootloader and filesystems - Delete obsolete support for syslinux(extlinux) grub2 or the architecture specific loader requirement is supported but the alternative x86 loaders syslinux/extlinux were not really used - Delete obsolete support for uboot arm boot is using grub2 efi images loaded by a firmware. The firmware could be uboot but due to the non generic way to setup the board that it loads the firmware all of these tasks are handled by custom scripts called via the kiwi editbootconfig / editbootinstall script hooks. Therefore kiwi itself does not have to setup or install uboot - Delete obsolete support for yaboot grub2 is used for ppc64 platforms, so far no older ppc platform is supported - Delete obsolete kernelCheck method - Delete obsolete support for legacy grub - Delete obsolete support for split(combined) image - Delete obsolete support for reiserfs - Delete support for ZFS filesystem btrfs is the way to go these days and zfs still has some proprietary bits in it - Avoid the copy of the kiwi initrd to /run the kiwi initrd copies itself to /run/initramfs in order to have a way to jump into the initrd system from the later system. However the kiwi initrd is unpacked pretty big and exists also only for the very first boot. - Execute haveged in udevStart if fips is enabled This ensure there is at least a source of entropy for /dev/random when the fips mode is enabled. Without it, VMware virtual machines hang at boot (bnc#964204) - Fixed use of dracut initrd system for arm platform - Added EFI images name for 32bit arm architectures - Refactor data subpackage Move from data to utils, data is generally considered as text data and not code - Fixed 32bit x86 builds Put it all under the ix86 namespace - Refactor grub2 EFI support EFI support was target specific to the x86_64 architecture This commit changes the structure to allow more architectures supporting EFI. Thus the arm64 EFI support has been added as a plus - Add {toxinidir} variable for check target - Delete nose reference from virtualenv setup - Prevent file duplicate badness in spec file - Revert "Added pv kernel profile" There is no kernel-pv This reverts commit f0c37709e941e18a1f9b963811a85bd772ee96ac. - Move from nose to pytest nose is no longer maintained, thus we have to move to another testing system. This commit updates the tox setup and all tests to use pytest instead of nose. - Fixed boot mount path at grub2 install - Revert "Revert "Call shim-install with --removable"" Try again using --removable for shim-install This reverts commit e3d7d0239d58e901e7d61e215317b93cf0ee1bfb. - Fixed normalizing paths between host and image - Revert "Call shim-install with --removable" With --removable shim-install does not work for image building This reverts commit d03baa9ee1d0ff44c76afadfc388791b1c5d29fa. - Added pv kernel profile - Add handling for OPAL firmware setup on ppc64 This adds a capability of creating an image for Bare metal POWER platform, where firmware parses grub2.cfg and simply kexecs into an image kernel - Refactor FirmWare class provide a default firmware for each supported architecture Avoid special sauce in the FirmWare constructor - Adding opal firmware type for ppc64 architectures - First draft of issue#43 Add templates for contributing, issue, and pull requests - Call shim-install with --removable The --removable is to prevent shim-install from writing host's uefi boot entry by pretending itself as removable disk - Delete obsolete shim setup code from kiwi Due to the use of shim-install the code in kiwi to setup for secure boot is no longer needed - Use shim-install to setup EFI secure boot - Fixed completion generator Some global options were missing - Update README Fixed pyvenv call to use python3 - Update README style fixes - Update README Fixed url to packages on the buildservice - Update README Be more clear about semantic versioning as documented here: http://semver.org/ - Continue Refactor into subpackage Move container_setup from toplevel into container.setup - Fixed completion generator The generated completion code was confused by the -py3 in the program name if used with kiwi-py3 - Continue Refactor into subpackage Move task classes into tasks namespace - Move storage and subformat tests to match namespace - Move builder test cases to match namespace - Continue Refactor into subpackage Move DataSync, Checksum and Compress into the data namespace - Continue Refactor into subpackage Move Kernel class to system namespace - Package new system namespace - Continue Refactor into subpackage system install, update, size, users, result should have their own namespace - Consolidate all rsync calls into DataSync class - Release mount after data sync for volume managers - Fixed LVM volume setup for oem image type For the oem image type the requested volume sizes are applied on first boot of the appliance. Therefore inside of the image the volumes only needs to be created with their minimum required size - Refactor use of kiwi_LVM_ profile variables Reduce code duplication and encapsulate the reading of the data from the profile into a readVolumeSetup function. This is related to Issue #39 - Preserve extended attributes in tar archives tar doesn't preserve extended attributes by default, causing Docker images to not have any correct set-capabilities bits set on binaries such as ping. This is fixed by adding the --xattrs flag to the tar command - Sort output from helper/kiwi-boot-packages - Fixed gce disk format The order of the files in the tarball is important. The first entry must be the manifest.json followed by disk.raw. In addition the style of the manifest.json has been adapted too. A space after colon seems to be required for gce to accept the data - Fixed kernel names for dracut initrd system If dracut is used as initrd system we should not use the kiwi one shot names linux.vmx, initrd.vmx but stick with the official naming convention for kernel and initrd which is kernel-<version>, initrd-<version> - Skip local repos if they don't exist Instead of raising an exception if a local repository does not exist, we will continue with a warning message. This is needed for a flawless integration with the buildservice. Inside of a buildservice environment only those repos are setup from which packages were taken. Thus it can happen that a configured repository does not exist in the buildservice build environment if the resolver would not take any package from this repository. kiwi should not fail to build such an image - Avoid lvcreate to ask for wiping swap signature When kiwi creates the logical volume for the swap space and there is already a swap signature at the place on disk, lvm stops and asks what to do with it. This should be generally avoided at that stage in the boot process Fixes (bnc#968601) - Calculate checksum in chunks - Don't prevent an oem image from a custom disk size An oem disk ist a self expandable disk and thus it normally doesn't make sense to specify a disk size for it. However there are filesystems like btrfs which are very hard to precalculate a minimum required disk space for X bytes of data. In this situation a user should have the opportunity to specify a size - Don't call dracut in background from kiwi initrd This was useful to speedup the boot but opens a potential race condition if a reboot happens while dracut is still processing. With the last extension to use dracut as initrd system people now have the choice what fits their needs better and this allows us to revert the background call - Added support for using dracut initrd As of today only the kiwi initrd could be used with an image build. This commit adds a new initrd_system attribute and allows to select between kiwi and dracut as initrd system. Please note the dracut initrd does not support all features of the kiwi initrd. This fixes #25 - Add a feature drop list to the README - update MANIFEST.in due to structure changes - Update README Use the real executable name for the documentation - Continue Refactor into subpackage storage operations should have their own namespace - Continue Refactor into subpackage container and container_setup should have their own namespace - Continue Refactor into subpackage disk namespace init is not a factory, thus the Disk class should have its own namespace. We choose disk.storage - Continue Refactor into subpackage rename dformat to subformat - Continue Refactor into subpackage The builder classes should have their own namespace - Fixed update alternative setup for kiwi completion kiwi itself is provided as update alternative for kiwi-py3 Thus the completion should be based on kiwi-py3 - Refactor into subpackage to fix #23 Codecoverage are 100% and tests are green Changes: * Refactor archive_*.py -> archive subpackage * Refactor partitioner_*.py -> partitioner subpackage * Refactor package_manager_*.py -> package_manager/ subpackage * Refactor bootloader_config*.py -> bootloader/config/ subpackage * Refactor bootloader_template*.py -> bootloader/template/ subpackage * Refactor bootloader_install*.py -> bootloader/install/ subpackage * Refactor repository*.py -> repository/ subpackage * Refactor filesystem*.py -> filesystem/ subpackage * Refactor dist_*.py -> dist/dformat subpackage The name `dformat` as package name is needed to avoid any name conflicts with the built-in function `format`. * Refactor volume_manager*.py -> volume_manager/ subpackage * Refactor boot_image*.py -> boot/image/ subpackage - Remove unecessary Travis requirements - Fix check target Didn't have a basepython line, fixed strange tox error - Enhanced Contributing, add new Developing section * Create a procedure in section Contributing * Add new Developing section to describe how to use tox - Fixed device map for VolumeManagerBtrfs The return value from get_device must be a map containing an instance of a DeviceProvider, not only the DeviceProvider - Refactor use of mount/umount calls Provide a MountManager class and handle all mount/umount calls in instances of MountManager - Don't write grub.cfg to EFI directory Originally the file was written there as reference, but nothing will ever update that file if the real grub configuration changes. Thus it doesn't make sense to provide this information (bnc#968270) - Add support for POWER architecture Implements requirements for the partition and bootloader setup in order to build images for ppc64 architectures. Fixes #18 - Refactor grub2 bootloader installation Make use of grub2-install to install the bootloader - Changed debug log in case of failed command Also log the stdout data from a failed command. So far we expected error data on stderr but there are also commands which print error messages on stdout. It should us at least worth a debug message with this information - Use tox in .travis.yml, remove .travis.script - Fixed helper/kiwi-boot-packages Take care for packages marked for a specific architecture - Delete unused helper/run-pep8 - Adapt make flake target to changed tox target - Add --cover-min-percentage=100 and helper script - Fixed spec file for kiwi-boot-requires The meta package for the buildservice has to require the new python3-kiwi package - Use --cover-min-percentage=100 instead of coverage - Replace helper/coverage-check with coverage Use --fail-under=99 option which fails for tests under 100% - keep packages in yum cache - Rename flake -> check, move spell * Move spell target/step to doc.spell * Call doc.spell in the doc target/step * Rename flake to check (to make it independant of any tool) - Spelling fixes - Tox setup updates Integrate with Makefile, delete pep8 target from Makefile, use flake8, update travis script, delete coverage reference, we want 100% anywhere - Fixed raid_device_test The test did not mock os.path.exists and thus could fail on systems which uses a raid system - Update word list - Remove empty line to avoid error message Avoid following error message: CRITICAL **: enchant_is_title_case: assertion `word && *word' failed - Activate personal spellchecking dictionary - Open travis check for all branches - Added kiwi-filesystem provides to spec template The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these filesystem image types - Integrated Tox * First incarnation of tox.ini * Extend MANIFEST.in * Add doc/requirements.txt * Extend conf.py with 'sphinxcontrib.spelling' extension * Add wordlist to doc/source/spelling_wordlist.txt * Add flake8 section in setup.cfg - Fixed cmdline lookup Only check contents of cmdline if it is not None - No fdupes checking required anymore - Don't track root/usr/share/locale in boot images The data there is now generated by the make po target - Fixed fuzzy i18n for en_US/LC_MESSAGES/kiwi.po - Added kiwi-image provides to spec template The main python3-kiwi package provides support for these image types. - Prevent any output if quiet is set If exec >/dev/null is run before setterm clears the screen, then "Failed to find cpu0 device node" is displayed even if quiet is set. - Fixed shell syntax in grub2 template Fixes (bnc#961334) - Refactor suseStripKernel The way the method downsizes the kernel tree is wrong in several places and very hard to read. Therefore the code has been refactored and splitted into task methods which can run independently from each other. As one result the kernel tree is not missing any metadata and/or update weak-updates paths anymore. Fixes (bnc#965830) - Remove flush before resize filesystem According to the manpage, -F is flushing the fileystem buffer caches. which is only really useful for doing resize2fs time trials. With current Tumbleweed installed on MMC, -F triggers a Inappropriate ioctl for device while trying to flush error, and then fails to resize. - Update arm boot image descriptions Grub2 adds 35MB to the initrd for no reason on armv6/v7, as those images use u-boot scripts for booting. - Fixed checkFileSystem call In the refactoring fc363cc, the parameters of checkFileSystem got changed to expect the device name, but one of the invocations didn't pass down the device name due to a typo. - Ignore fdasd errors Like fdisk, fdasd also reports an error when re-reading the partition table. But the table was written correctly so we continue for the moment and add a debug message - Fixed boot image result filename Has to follow the naming convention - Fixed pxe builder kernel/hypervisor target path - Use bytes type with hashlib - Refactor result bundler instead of being clever in the result bundler we should be more explicit when adding a result to the result instance. Therefore the result.add method now also allows to specify if this result should be part of a result bundle and whether it should be placed compressed or uncompressed in this bundle - Added metadata rpm files to all builders rpm packages and verification information is now added to all builder results. Fixes #13 - Fixing code smells from Landscape.io https://landscape.io/github/SUSE/kiwi/161/messages/smell Fixed issues: * Unused imports * Unused variables * Specify string format arguments as logging function parameters (log.warning("%s bla" % x) -> log.warning("%s bla", x) - Ignore backup files - Added the following system setup methods export_rpm_package_list and export_rpm_package_verification Used to provide rpm package metadata and verification information for rpm based image builds - Improve doc * Consistently use KIWI * Fixed punctuation * Added zypper ar for adding KIWI's OBS repo - Fixed unit test read return result Unit test mocking read should return a bytes array and not a string because that's what python3 would do in reality - Fixed path location in disk_format_image result - Fixed disk format builder This one was missing the output image name adaptions - Regenerate xml_parse data structures for python3 - Better error response in debug output If a Command.run fails with an error code != 0 but not data was produced on the stderr channel, we provide this as information to the caller - Port kiwicompat to python 3 - Port helper tools to python3 Also fixes completion to correctly parse the toplevel --compat option - Do not activate dmraid paritions Only activate the device itself, not the partitions, that may also exist. If partitions exist, the UDEV rules will create the corresponding "_partX" symlinks for each partition within "/dev/mapper, which is totally sufficient. - Fixed cut and paste error in spec template correct the project Url - Update README add install information for python3-devel - Fixed README wrong reference to env2 where it should be env3 - Update README - Update travis env to python 3.4 - Port application from python 2.7 to 3.4 For new applications like this kiwi version and its use cases it is better to base it on a more recent python version - Fixed bundling container results Container images are already compressed, there is no need for the bundler to do that again - Use pinch_system with force in any case Deletion of packages should be done with the force flag set. Otherwise the package manager computes a resolved list for the deletion targets which causes other packages to be deleted which is unwanted - Fixed host to image root data setup On bind mounts check if the origin path exists on the host. On copy check if the origin file exists on the host - Fixed deactivate_systemd_service Check if the service file exists, if not there is no need to deactivate an non existing service. - Use alternatives mechanism for completion file This avoids the package conflict with the legacs kiwi version - Weaken kiwi-tools requirement - Handle 32bit Intel arch as ix86 in boot code - Allow building 32bit bios images - Delete %post from kiwi-pxeboot We do not provide a default config file for the pxe setup anymore. There is no good default file we can provide here because we don't know how the user has configured a pxe image. The documentation should explain how to setup the pxe config and infrastructure with the help of the static data provided by the kiwi-pxeboot package - Don't require python-Sphinx at build time Sphinx is not available on all platforms and required only to build the manual pages. Thus the make build target can build the man pages and pack the result into the source tarball - Don't strip ctc_configure from initrd ctc_configure is used on s390 images - Added man page for result bundle command - Added result bundler - Added kiwi-boot-requires buildservice meta package - Delete unused .releasetags helper Fixes #9 - Update README - Update README - Added system update manual page - Create manual pages Create man pages for result list, system build, prepare and create - Added pv xen drivers to boot descriptions Beginning with SLE12 SP2 the default kernel is a pvops capable kernel. This means it can be used in a Xen HVM full virtual machine as well as in a PV - paravirtual machine. However it's required to keep the paravirtual net, block modules in the initrd. As their location also has move an update of the boot image descriptions was necessary - Fixed wait message in waitFor boot functions Better indicate for what we are waiting - Load xen modules by alias only - Fixed validation of custom root cmdline variable A variable of the format root=LABEL=x was not correctly validated - Change default ec2 root_cmdline_parameter For ec2 based firmware the value root=UUID=x is provided instead of a static device node - Refactor internal boot image task Make a factory out of the task and allow to have e.g a dracut boot image task at a later point in time. The BootImageBase class creates an interface for this implementation. So far only BootImageKiwi is implemented - Added export_modprobe_setup method to SystemSetup export_modprobe_setup copies the contents of etc/modprobe.d to a specified target root directory. The method is used to transfer the modprobe configuration from the system image to the boot image - Fixed archive_builder_test Mock platform value - Added compatibility information to main man page - Put arch and version to output image file name - Added quick start example to main kiwi manual page - Fill master manual page with content - Added git like command completion Provide a 'Did you mean' log message for unclear task names - Update README - Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning - Man pages are below level 2 - Fixed rpm-buildroot-usage rpmlint warning - Fixed non-executable-script rpmlint warning - Delete unused .md5 script - Fixed rpm package build - Fixed dracut call Always create a generic initrd, don't pass -H - Fixed custom args setup for vmdk format custom args is a hash with option/value pairs. For vmdk the option could be e.g adapter_type=value and the value is None. This is by intention because qemu which receives those type of options allows only the syntax "-o option=value". The kiwi code setting up the options did not check correctly if there really is a value for e.g adapter_type - Allow alternative locations for grub installation Different distributions install grub2 to different places. Therefore kiwi should not use a fixed location but allow to lookup grub data at several places - Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian - Fixed unit test for fix_boot_catalog on big endian - Make sure to cleanup yum requests after processing - Fixed CommandIterator check for output before sending an iteration stop - Fixed stateful copy of repository section Profiles are not copied because they might not exist in the target description - Fixed host to root path patcher Don't be confused by multiple /'es - Added support for yum package manager - Fixed use of iso mounted repositories When using an iso as repo, kiwi mounts it to a temporary location. The location is different for each build and therefore the zypper repo file needs to be recreated for any new build in this situation - Check if config file exists Before updating a config file, check if it exists. If it is not present skip the configuration and print a warning message - Added yum repository support - Make man install target more stable - Update source manifest include only doc Makefile and source, the pages are build at build time - Include installation of man pages to spec file - Added man page templates for all commands - Added man page templates Added template for master page and result_list - Added initial sphinx documentation structure The documentation will cover kiwi manual pages. more detailed documentation will be written and maintained in colaboration with the documentation department - Fixed use of noglob shell option - Added support for kiwi --compat The --compat call will trigger the call of the kiwicompat tool written to support legacy kiwi commandlines. An example could look like the following call: sudo kiwi --compat -- --build /my/description --type vmx -d /my/dest Please be aware the -- is required to tell docopt to treat all options as parameters - Prevent duplicate error logging - Refactor CommandProcess class Use an iterator class to run through the process. implement poll variants explicit and clear structured - Fixed updateRootDeviceFstab Support by-label mount entries for btrfs subvolumes This fixes bnc#964474 - Add kiwicompat to Makefile build and install target - Update README - Update README - Bump version: 8.10.0 ? 8.10.1 - Prepare for package building - Follow up fix for fstab setup Use the system installed fstab as default if present - Support building in buildservice worker The repo setup inside of a buildservice worker uses a static path below /usr/src/packages/SOURCES/repos/. We need to adapt the provided obs uri type to match this criteria - Don't add kernel filesystems to fstab Systems with systemd which this kiwi version aims for, doesn't need proc, sysfs, debugfs and friends to be part of the fstab This fixes bnc#964472 - Fixed btrfs build with snapshots - Allow system to be installed on btrfs snapshot This fixes (bnc#946648) - Put kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot to boot profile - Recompile schema and data structures New attribute btrfs_root_is_snapshot and methods - Evaluate kiwi_btrfs_root_is_snapshot in boot code If set it's required to mount the subvolumes like it is done with lvm volumes. In addition this patch fixes the update of the fstab file which has to contain an entry for each subvolume excluding snapshots and the toplevel This is related to (bnc#946648) - Added btrfs_root_is_snapshot attribute This is related to (bnc#946648) - Added fix_boot_catalog and relocate_boot_catalog - Prevent duplicate validation of cmdline - Fixed grub2 xen guest bootloader config - More modules not present for grub2/x86_64-xen - There is no multiboot module for grub2/x86_64-xen - Make sure get_partition_table_type returns a value - Use bash to call config scripts - Fixed regular expression pattern use re.escape to make sure the search string has special regular expression characters quoted correctly - Added support for using internal build service An option --obs-repo-internal was added - Add support for alternative config file *.kiwi - Allow to build directly from buildservice checkout - Fix misleading variable name - Move default boot timeout to Defaults class - Fixed boot exclude for zipl case - Fixed zipl bootloader setup and install quote special characters in title for menu. refactor the zipl bootloader install class to know about the boot partition device node - Added title quoting method for older loaders - Move VTOC creation into Disk class - Fixed missing setup_disk_boot_images for zipl The interface class implements this with a raise condition by default. For zipl no bootloader images needs to be created Thus implement the method and pass - Fixed typo in list assignment - Fixed LoopDevice class custom blocksize value must be passed as string to the command level not as integer - Platform fixes for XML tests - Platform endian fix for vhd tag test - Platform fixes for unit tests - Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests - Platform mock for grub2 bootloader tests - Added BootLoaderInstallZipl class - Activate zipl bootloader config in factory class - Finished BootLoaderConfigZipl class and tests - Delete unused patch statement from test - Added BootLoaderConfigZipl class The implementation is still unfinished - Pass the disk device to the bootloader config As a custom option the BootLoaderConfig instance now receives the target disk device node. So far this is only used in the zipl case where it is needed which is the reason why it is kept as a custom argument - Allow custom options for bootloader config classes - Added zipl bootloader template - Added partitioner_dasd for s390 - Refactor Firmware class more information from the XML description is needed in order to make e.g decisions about the partition table type to use according to the firmware setup in combination with e.g the target loader type on s390. Thus the class now receives an instance of the XML state and not only the firmware attribute value - Disable setup of hwclock hwclock seems not exist on all supported architectures. In addition the build process should not fiddle with the build host hardware clock - No need for a condition if there is no alternative - No need for a condition if there is no alternative - Use 800x600 default for grub2 gfxmode - Close progress line with CR when finished - Added ImageBuilder factory - Added system build command Allows to combine prepare and create into one big task - Better error message for pickle exceptions There is no meaningfull error message for pickle.load exceptions. Thus only provide the exception type and our own message - Use pickle instead of marshal - Fixes for the container builder in the setup if the files to update do not exist the process failed. This patch adds a check prior to changing the file - Make sure the create task creates the target dir - Fixed result object dump marshal.dump requires an open file object not a filename - Added ContainerBuilder currently supports building of docker containers - Added ContainerImage class Factory plus implementation for docker - Refactor variable name for root directory If it is clear the source directory is the root directory of the image the variable should be named root_dir not source_dir - Fixing landscape issues - Added ContainerSetup classes Base and Factory plus implementation for docker - Refactor user/groups setup Provide an easier to travers data type in xml_state for the user and groups. The get_users() method returns a list of tuples which assigns each user list the group name and id it belongs to - Use normpath to avoid double slash in output - Added kiwi result task Implementing 'kiwi result list' which marshal loads the serialized result instance from a previous build and shows the build results - Dump the result instance as a marshal dump - Add clic as supported live media build target - Added FileSystemClicFs class - Fixed contents of header_end block off by one bug - Finished LiveImageBuilder for overlay iso type - Added check if UDF extension is needed or not - Put supported live image iso types into defaults - Added live ISO grub2 efi template and setup - pep8 fixes - Rebuild schema and data structures - Allow xfs as hybrid RW file system - Continue with LiveImageBuilder class Added isolinux bootloader setup, finished live build procedure Live metadata injection still missing. grub2 efi boot for live image still missing - Don't use filesystem specific mount option When mounting the read write filesystem, prevent using filesystem specific options like barrier - Use HYBRID_EXT4_OPTS in fat container filesystem - Check read write filesystem prior to mounting If a filesystem type could be identified on the read write partition check it before mounting to eliminate a potential dirty state - Cascade exfat mount try normal mount first, if this does not work try fuse mount Normally this is done automatically by the mount program but if not we will give the direct fuse mount a chance - Fixed Makefile target to build data structures A change in kiwi/schema/kiwi.rnc triggers the build of the schema rng version as well as an auto update of the data structures via python's generateDS. The intermediate xsd schema format is only relevant for the data structure creation process - Make createFileSystem more robust When passing in a loop file instead of a device name, the method should be smart enough to handle the name without shell evaluation - Added support for exfat as hybrid filesystem In addition to fat also exfat is now supported as persistent write filesystem. Because of the limitations of a fat filesystem fat and exfat are only used as a container filesystem providing an ext4 linux filesystem as a cowfile. The algorithm to create the size of the cow file has also been changed to use half of the size of the write partition or on fat a max size of 4G. The size of the cowfile is also prepared to become overwritten. However the XML definition and implementation to do this is still missing - Reread partition table after hybrid setup The hybrid write partition is created via fdisk. Some version of fdisk does not send the ioctl to let the kernel reread the table or fdisk itself holds it busy. Thus we actively initiate a reread via blockdev - Optimize ext4 hybrid write filesystem options Optimized for 512kB erase block size - Use mount options to increase overlay performace For overlay filesystems not writing into a tmpfs performance is more important than safety. We use this combination of options for now, if you encounter stability problems please let us know - Use -f force option for extX filesystem checker - Refactor and cleanup setupReadWrite Fix misleading error message and refactor the code to be less complex and more clear in the processing of tasks - Allow custom cowfile name for persistent data Instead of a fixed name 'cowfile' we allow a custom name which is predefined in HYBRID_PERSISTENT_FILENAME and prepared to become overwritten by an XML defintion whose implementation will follow later. Reason for the change is that a cowfile is visible as plain data file to the operating system if e.g used on a live stick. It should be more clear to the user what this file is good for - Protect mkfs.exfat from being deleted Added to the strip tools section in order to keep it in the initrd - Added support for exfat creation and probing In preparation to use exfat instead of vfat in a loop container for persistent data it's required to provide support for mkfs.exfat - Make loop_setup and loop_delete more robust The methods did not cope well with filenames containing bash characters with special meaning e.g spaces. For use with a iso hybrid cowfile whose name is visible in the OS the methods should be able to work with any given filename - Started with LiveImageBuilder class Added interface and required steps. tests and implementation are missing and will follow - Added archive builder - Added repo handling to compat caller Also added process execution with translated arguments - Add compat translation for prepare/create/upgrade - Added kiwicompat to support legacy commandline - Added install pxe archive support - Added warning message if pxedeploy section is used At the moment there is no class to build the pxe client config file from information provided with the optional pxedeploy section. However this is not fatal to the build because the file could be created manually too. Thus a warning message is shown which will go away when the pxe client config file creation has been ported - cleanup test data to be consistent - Added recovery setup - Added DiskFormatGce class implementation - Fixed suffix name for compressed archives - Added creation of gnu and xz archives to tar class - Refactor result collection Put the creation of a result object into the builder classes and return them from there. The builder instances knows about the results not the task instances - Fixed option handling for vmdk format - Activate disk format building in disk builder If disk format and install media is configured together only the install media will be built and a warning message for skipping the disk format is shown - Added custom argument handling for disk formats - Added DiskFormat factory - Added DiskFormatVmdk class implementation - pep8 fixes - Added DiskFormatVhdFixed class implementation - Delete unused test data symlinks - Added DiskFormatVhd class implementation - Added DiskFormat base class Also added implementation for DiskFormatQcow2. More format classes will follow next - Fixed import of kernel parameters including spaces Kernel parameters like PRODUCT_TYPE=?PRODUCT BANANA? breaks the code in includeKernelParameters. This patch allows spaces for values in a way that it replaces the embedded whitespace with \030 before parsing and then reverting after parsing. Thanks to Jay Nitikman for providing the patch - Fixed LUKS setup for dracut The system image has to provide /etc/crypttab to allow dracut to create a working initrd for reboot. In addition the name of the luks map must be 'luks' to make dracut happy. - luks setup triggers boot partition by default - Add LuksDevice class and implementation Also implemented luks support in DiskBuilder - Handle /boot/vc files for Raspberry Pi openSUSE Tumbleweed raspberrypi-firmware[-branding-openSUSE] packages have been updated to install files to /boot/vc rather than /boot. Ensure that all files in /boot/vc are provided in image/loader for further reference - Refactor file system check in boot code - Make sure VolumeManager instance updates root map An instance of volume manager could cause the creation of a new device e.g in case of LVM. The master device map in the disk builder has to be updated with this device - Fixed unconditional lookup of boot partition id - Package check for packages marked for deletion If none of the packages to become deleted are installed we will raise an error, basically to force people to fixup the image description - Better error message for call with unknown command If kiwi is called with an unknown command an error message showing which commands actually exists should be shown - Fixed user group creation The command name is groupadd not addgroup - Fixed label and UUID support for XFS creation - Traverse dictionary in ordered mode - Return sorted lists for packages/archives - Traverse dictionary in ordered mode - Traverse dictionary in ordered mode - Traverse dictionary in ordered mode - Added __githash__ to version.py Any time the version.py is changed and committed the git ident will be reset by git. After a checkout of version.py the ident will be updated in version.py to the git commit id of version.py Whenever we relase a new kiwi version the process is as follows: 1. run bumpversion to set the version for the release 2. run tox to create the source tarball for the release We have to make sure tox calls a git checkout of version.py - Consolidate use of Makefiles for schema conversion As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be cleaned up. The make targets to build xsd and rng schemas has been moved to the master Makefile - Consolidate use of Makefiles for locale setup As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be cleaned up. The make targets to handle po files and their installation has now been moved to the master Makefile - Update translation po files with template - Consolidate use of Makefiles for compiling tools As we are going to switch to tox the Makefile setup should be cleaned up. I'm going to move the various places and its tasks into one master Makefile to make it easier to move the targets one after the other into a tox setup. - Refactor source code structure All files referenced by kiwi should live below the kiwi namespace and should be referenced by the resource_filename() method from the pkg_resources - Update exclude list for boot image runtime data There are some directories needed during boot image creation time, e.g grub2 modules to create grub images. But at boot time this data is no longer required and would just waste space in the initrd - Delete dracut from boot images dracut is needed in the system and also called from there by the kiwi boot image, but inside of the boot image it is not needed and just wastes space - Add some paths not needed in the boot image - Added boot messages translations - Exclude /image from boot images - Change default boot image description path Let the default boot image description path point to boot/arch - Make sure the boot image profile provides its name The variable kiwi_initrdname was added to the .profile environment for boot image builds - Update boot image functions Delete a lot of legacy code from the bash boot code - Added boot image descriptions Provide boot(initrd) image descriptions for supported architectures and distributions - Fixed unit tests, mock NamedTemporaryFile - Added coverage to developer requirements - Use "next generation" string To distinguish it between old and new KIWI - Review and add corrections * Consistent spelling: kiwi -> KIWI, python -> Python * Add punctuation * Use backticks for scripts and dirs - Update development status to be inline with setup.py - Deleted no longer needed bin/kiwi script - Update README Added developer information how to contribute - Minor changes in virtualenv setup file names Moved the requirements.txt setup files into a namespace called .virtualenv in order to stay compatible with the .travis requirement files - Update development status in setup.py - Fix #5: Improve setup.py * setup.py: - use setuptools always, no need to check for distutils - include keywords 'include_package_data', 'zip_safe', and 'classifiers' * setup.cfg: - add bdist_wheel and sdist section * Add missing MANIFEST.in (needed for setup.py dist) * Remove executable bit for LICENSE and README.md - Fix #3: Requirement for Virtual Envs * Add requirements.txt and dev-requirements.txt The dev-requirements.txt installs requirements.txt automatically * Ignore .env, .env2, and .env3 virtual env directories - Fix #4: support bumpversion with .bumpversion.cfg - Added RaidDevice class implementation in disk_builder - Fixed hybrid call offset number should be passed as string to Command __VERSION__ -> __version__ - Rename __VERSION__ -> __version__ - Added hybrid ISO setup - Refactor creation of a PackageManager factory - Refactor creation of a Repository factory - Refactor creation of a BootLoaderInstall factory - Refactor creation of a VolumeManager factory - Refactor creation of a BootLoaderConfig factory - Refactor creation of a Partitioner factory - Refactor creation of a FileSystem factory - Fixed travis setup - Refactor InstallImageBuilder no need to provide the name of the disk image, this information can be created from the xml state - Fixed missing md5 file on install media - Travis testing needs cdrtools for isoinfo - Added two pass ISO creation system The kiwi ISO's are prepared to be hybrid by adding an end header block so that isohybrid can place its gpt header at the correct offset address - Added user log messages for install media builder - Fixed grub bootloader template for install case Template was missing the cdinst option - Added create_header_end_block method in Iso class - Added isols method in Iso class - Fixed ui theme setup in isolinux.cfg - Added isolinux bootloader support - Prevent zypper failing on outdated system solvable - landscape: fix unused imports - Refactor boot data extraction from boot image Allow data extraction multiple times, don't move files away from their original location - landscape: fix unused imports - landscape: fix unused variables - Add debug message for repo cleanup - landscape: fix unused variables - landscape: fix unused imports - landscape: fix dangerous defaults - landscape: fix dangerous defaults - Added landscap config file skip checking auto generated code - Update README - Set naster branch for travis setup - Update README - Update README Travis and Landscape status - Update README - Update README ==== python-pyasn1 ==== Version update (0.2.3 -> 0.1.9) - updated to upstream release 0.1.9 - Wheel distribution format now supported. - Extensions added to text files, CVS attic flushed. - Fix to make uninitilaized pyasn1 objects failing properly on hash(). - Fix to ObjectIdentifier initialization from unicode string. - Fix to CER/DER Boolean decoder - fail on non single-octet payload. - updated to upstrean release 0.1.8 (fate#318838) - ObjectIdentifier codec fixed to work properly with arc 0 and arc 2 values. - Explicit limit on ObjectIdentifier arc value size removed. - Unicode initializer support added to OctetString type and derivatives. - New prettyPrintType() abstract method implemented to base pyasn1 types to facilitate encoding errors analisys. - The __str__() method implemented to Tag, TagSet and TagMap classes to ease encoding errors troubleshooting. easing encoding errors - Fix to SEQUENCE and SET types to give them their private componentTypes collection (which is a NamedTypes object) so that they won't collide in a MT execution environment. - Missing T61String,ISO646String character types and ObjectDescriptor useful type added. - Distribute is gone, switched to setuptools completely. - Missing NamedValues.__repr__() added. - The base.NoValue() class, that indicates uninitialized ASN.1 object, made public. - The base.NoValue() class instances now support __repr__() what makes possible to perform repr() on uninitialized pyasn1 types objects. - When comparing ASN.1 types, by-tag and/or by-constraints matching can now be performed with the isSuperTypeOf()/isSameTypeWith() optional flags. - Constructed types now verify their consistency by invoking isSameTypeWith(matchTags=True, matchConstraints=False) and isSuperTypeOf(matchTags=False, matchConstraints=True) for each of their components rather than isSuperTypeOf() as it used to be. Constriants check could be enforced to isSameTypeWith() with the strictConstraints=True constructed classes attribute. - Constructed types can now be initialized with new .setComponents() method which accepts both var-args and keyword-args. Default repr() modified to reflect this change. - NamedTypes() and NamedValues() made comparable. - Test coverage extended to cover pyasn1 types __repr__() function. - The abs(Integer()) & abs(Real()) operation now returns respective pyasn1 type, not a Python type. - More Python magic methods implementations added to Integer & Real classes (e.g. __pos__, __neg__, __round__, __floor__, __ceil__, __trunc__) - The Integer.__invert__ Python magic method implemented. - The OctetString.__int__() and .__float__() magic methods implemented. - Handle the case of null writer at Debug printer. - BitString encoder/decoder performance improved. - Built-in debugging is now based on Python logging module. - Fix to NamedType.__repr__() to work properly. - Fixes to __repr__() implementation of many built-in ASN.1 types to take into account all of their initializers such as tagSet, subtypeSpec etc. - String typed float initializer to REAL type now supported. - Float typed mantissa initializer to REAL type for base 2 added. - Encoding bases 8 and 16 support for REAL type binary encoder added. - More strict CER/DER encoders added for GeneralizedTime and UTCTime types. - Asn1Item.hasValue() added to easily distinguish initalized ASN.1 objects from uninitialized ones (e.g. pure types). - Fix to REAL type binary decoder to handle different bases and scale factor. - Fix to TagSet.repr() to include [obsolete] baseTag information. - Fix to broken REAL type decoding handling. - Fix to BitString and OctetString decoders dealing with constructed encoding -- it used to be possible to embed other types in substrate. - Fix to end-of-octest sentinel handling: * require strict two-zeros sentinel encoding * recognize EOO sentinel only when explicitly requested by caller of the decoder via allowEoo=True parameter (warning: API change) - DER codec hardened not to tolerate indefinite length encoding/decoding. - Run testsuite in %check - Reflect license change (from BSD-3-Clause to BSD-2-Clause) which happened in version 0.1.7 in the spec file - Require python-setuptools instead of distribute (upstreams merged) - Fix changes file - updated to upstrean release 0.1.7 - License updated to vanilla BSD 2-Clause to ease package use (http://opensource.org/licenses/BSD-2-Clause). - Test suite made discoverable by unittest/unittest2 discovery feature. - Fix to decoder working on indefinite length substrate -- end-of-octets marker is now detected by both tag and value. Otherwise zero values may interfere with end-of-octets marker. - Fix to decoder to fail in cases where tagFormat indicates inappropriate format for the type (e.g. BOOLEAN is always PRIMITIVE, SET is always CONSTRUCTED and OCTET STRING is either of the two) - Fix to REAL type encoder to force primitive encoding form encoding. - Fix to CHOICE decoder to handle explicitly tagged, indefinite length mode encoding - Fix to REAL type decoder to handle negative REAL values correctly. Test case added. - updated to upstrean release 0.1.6 - The compact (valueless) way of encoding zero INTEGERs introduced in 0.1.5 seems to fail miserably as the world is filled with broken BER decoders. So we had to back off the *encoder* for a while. There's still the IntegerEncoder.supportCompactZero flag which enables compact encoding form whenever it evaluates to True. - Report package version on debugging code initialization. - Changes from version 0.1.5: - Documentation updated and split into chapters to better match web-site contents. - Make prettyPrint() working for non-initialized pyasn1 data objects. It used to throw an exception. - Fix to encoder to produce empty-payload INTEGER values for zeros - Fix to decoder to support empty-payload INTEGER and REAL values - Fix to unit test suites imports to be able to run each from their current directory - updated to upstrean release 0.1.4 * A built-in de/serialization debugging facility added * Package versioning added (pyasn1.__version__) * Leading sub-OIDs overflow condition handled * REAL type exponent encoding implemented properly at BER codec * Boolean BER decoder fixed to allow arbitrary payload * Leading 0x80 octet now handled properly by DER/CER/DER ObjectIdentifier decoder - includes fix needed by python-ldap's module ldap.syncrepl - updated to upstrean release 0.1.3 - Include class name into asn1 value constraint violation exception. - Fix to OctetString.prettyOut() method that looses leading zero when building hex string. - Fix obsoletes for python-asn1 instead - remove self-obsoletes - updated to upstrean release 0.1.2 - Fix to __long__() to actually return longs on py2k - Fix to OctetString.__str__() workings of a non-initialized object. - Fix to quote initializer of OctetString.__repr__() - Minor fix towards ObjectIdentifier.prettyIn() reliability - ObjectIdentifier.__str__() is aliased to prettyPrint() - Exlicit repr() calls replaced with '%r' - fix license to be in spdx.org format - updated to 0.1.1 * Hex/bin string initializer to OctetString object reworked (in a backward-incompatible manner) * Fixed float() infinity compatibility issue (affects 2.5 and earlier) * Fixed a bug/typo at Boolean CER encoder * Major overhawl for Python 2.4 -- 3.2 compatibility + get rid of old-style types + drop string module usage + switch to rich comparation + drop explicit long integer type use + map()/filter() replaced with list comprehension + apply() replaced with */**args + switched to use 'key' sort() callback function + support both __nonzero__() and __bool__() methods + modified not to use py3k-incompatible exception syntax + getslice() operator fully replaced with getitem() + dictionary operations made 2K/3K compatible + base type for encoding substrate and OctetString-based types is now 'bytes' when running py3k and 'str' otherwise + OctetString and derivatives now unicode compliant. + OctetString now supports two python-neutral getters: asOcts() & asInts() + print OctetString content in hex whenever it is not printable otherwise + in test suite, implicit relative import replaced with the absolute one + in test suite, string constants replaced with numerics - Packaged documentation - Initial version, obsoletes 'python-asn1' ==== python3-pyOpenSSL ==== - add missing requirement for python3-cryptography ==== release-notes-openSUSE ==== Version update (42.3.20170508 -> 42.3.20170621) - 42.3.20170621 - Updated translations - Added note about installation of Nvidia's .run packages (boo#1045124) ==== schily-libs ==== Version update (3.01 -> 3.02~a07) Subpackages: libscg1_0 libschily1_0 - Fix build on older distros (e.g. SLE11) -- no caps support in RPM - Remove build dependency on mmv (not present on SLE, and its usage is easily replaced with a small shell script). - Fix build on older distros (makedepend) - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a07 * mkisofs: deduplication for files) - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a06 * libscg: fixed a copy/paste problem in the Linux transport that could cause libscg to assume a timeout when no timeout occurred. * libscg: add a new generic option interface. * libscg: New option "ignore-resid" to work around a Linux kernel problem. * mkisofs: better warning messages for rotten directories when in multi-session mode. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a05 * mkisofs now tries to be more immune against rotten iso images when in multi session mode. * mkisofs no longer tries to access a string past the null byte when dealing with Joliet. * mkisofs fixed a bug related to sorting with multi extent files (greater than 4 GB). - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a04 * Support for DVD-Audio was added to mkisofs. * Several bug fixes in mkisofs and mkisofs/diag/* programs to make them more robust against rotten ISO images. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a03 * isoinfo no longer eats up all memory when an ISO image with a directory loop is specified. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a02 * Many smaller "isoinfo" enhancements including support for relocated directories. - Update to new upstream release 3.02~a01 * libparanoia: work around a bug that resulted from uninitalized statistics data for C2 checks. * cdda2wav now supports sound output on Linux again. ==== speex ==== Version update (1.2~rc2 -> 1.2) Subpackages: libspeex1 libspeex1-32bit speex-devel - Update to stable 1.2 release ==== terminus-bitmap-fonts ==== Version update (4.39 -> 4.46) - Update to version 4.46 * The X11 8-bit code pages are not installed by default. * Added IBM-437 8-bit code page for X11. * The CRT VGA weight for Linux console is not installed by default. * Removed the Linux console mapping files. * These should be provided by the console packages. * Removed the BSD console installation. * The recent BSD-s have a new console subsystem. * Added 50 new characters. Mostly math, but also Buglarian yat and yus. * Rewritten the font conversion tools in python/javascript. * The full unicode range (17x64K) is now supported. * The Windows installer can be built from sources. * Small fixes and improvements (7 characters in various sizes). * Renamed install-ref to install-psf-ref (uninstall too). - Update to version 4.40 * Added 6 combining accents as separate characters. * Added 14 letters with dot above / dot below. * Added partial subscript and superscript: all digits and 11 letters. * Added 30+ math characters, notably large braces, brackets and parens. * Added unicode range 2800-28FF in two variants (br1 and br2). * A few small character fixes. * Altered configure to be a bit more POSIX compliant. * Replaced some obscure (un)install Makefile targets with variables. - Set direct source URL ==== umbrello ==== - Fix the desktop file's Exec line, the executable is named umbrello5 (boo#1045654) ==== xfce4-vala ==== - Fix build on Leap 42.3: based on SLE12SP3 with GNOME 3.20 it comes with vala 0.32.x. ==== xfsprogs ==== - xfs_repair: don't call xfs_sb_quota_from_disk twice (bsc#1034045). * Add xfs_repair-don-t-call-xfs_sb_quota_from_disk-twice.patch - Moved dracut files to accommodate JeOS (bsc#1037376). * Renamed module-setup.sh -> module-setup.sh.in -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-factory+unsubscribe(a)opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-factory+owner(a)opensuse.org

2 3